TW201235751A - A method for producing a liquid crystal orientation membrane and a phase difference film, and a liquid crystal orientation agent, the liquid crystal orientation membrane and the phase difference film - Google Patents
A method for producing a liquid crystal orientation membrane and a phase difference film, and a liquid crystal orientation agent, the liquid crystal orientation membrane and the phase difference film Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- TW201235751A TW201235751A TW100134254A TW100134254A TW201235751A TW 201235751 A TW201235751 A TW 201235751A TW 100134254 A TW100134254 A TW 100134254A TW 100134254 A TW100134254 A TW 100134254A TW 201235751 A TW201235751 A TW 201235751A
- Authority
- TW
- Taiwan
- Prior art keywords
- group
- liquid crystal
- crystal alignment
- film
- radiation
- Prior art date
Links
Classifications
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02F—OPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
- G02F1/00—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
- G02F1/01—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour
- G02F1/13—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
- G02F1/133—Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
- G02F1/1333—Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
- G02F1/1337—Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers
- G02F1/133707—Structures for producing distorted electric fields, e.g. bumps, protrusions, recesses, slits in pixel electrodes
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08G—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
- C08G73/00—Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
- C08G73/06—Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
- C08G73/10—Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08L—COMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
- C08L79/00—Compositions of macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon only, not provided for in groups C08L61/00 - C08L77/00
- C08L79/04—Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain; Polyhydrazides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
- C08L79/08—Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
- C09K19/00—Liquid crystal materials
- C09K19/52—Liquid crystal materials characterised by components which are not liquid crystals, e.g. additives with special physical aspect: solvents, solid particles
- C09K19/54—Additives having no specific mesophase characterised by their chemical composition
- C09K19/56—Aligning agents
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
- G02B5/00—Optical elements other than lenses
- G02B5/30—Polarising elements
- G02B5/3083—Birefringent or phase retarding elements
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02F—OPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
- G02F1/00—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
- G02F1/01—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour
- G02F1/13—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
- G02F1/133—Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
- G02F1/1333—Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
- G02F1/1335—Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
- G02F1/13363—Birefringent elements, e.g. for optical compensation
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02F—OPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
- G02F1/00—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
- G02F1/01—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour
- G02F1/13—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
- G02F1/133—Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
- G02F1/1333—Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
- G02F1/1337—Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers
- G02F1/133703—Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers by introducing organic surfactant additives into the liquid crystal material
Landscapes
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Nonlinear Science (AREA)
- Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
- Optics & Photonics (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Mathematical Physics (AREA)
- Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
- Liquid Crystal (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Materials Engineering (AREA)
- Polarising Elements (AREA)
- Silicon Polymers (AREA)
Abstract
Description
201235751 六、發明說明: 【發明所屬之技術領域】 本發明係關於液晶配向 ,,.a n膜和相位差薄膜的製造方法 、以及液日日配向劑、液晶 r 4, ^ ^ %门膜和相位差薄膜。 【先則技術】 液晶顯示器(LCD)被廣泛庫 。# A I f D μ π 應用於電視以及各種監視 态寻作為LCD的顯示元件已 刑TNri ^ 千已知例如STN(超扭曲向列) 型、TN(扭曲向列)型、Ip 、鬥切換)型、VA(垂直對齊) 型、PSA(聚合物持續對準 且丁 » V曰_ 寺(參恥專利文獻1和2)。 s亥液日日顯不TL件中使用了各種風 一 尤予材料,此等中基於消 除顯示著色的目的以及消除根據看到的角度改變顯示顏201235751 VI. Description of the Invention: [Technical Field] The present invention relates to a liquid crystal alignment, a method for producing an an and a retardation film, and a liquid daily alignment agent, a liquid crystal r 4 , ^ ^ % gate film and a phase Poor film. [First-class technology] Liquid crystal displays (LCDs) are widely used. # AI f D μ π is applied to televisions and various monitors. The display elements used as LCDs have been TNri ^ thousand known as STN (Super Twisted Nematic), TN (Twisted Nematic), Ip, Bucky) , VA (vertical alignment) type, PSA (polymer continuous alignment and D » V曰_ Temple (see Shakes Patent Documents 1 and 2). s Hai liquid is not used in various TL parts. , in this case, based on the purpose of eliminating display coloring and eliminating the change of display color according to the angle of view
色和對比度這樣的視角依賴性的目的,使用相位差薄膜( 參照專利文獻3和4)。 & 4 I 作為該相位差薄膜,目前利 土形·/專膜的延展步驟 製造’對於具有更複雜的光學性質的相位差" 合性液晶硬化而製造。在該方法中,為了使聚合性液晶For the purpose of viewing angle dependence such as color and contrast, a retardation film is used (refer to Patent Documents 3 and 4). & 4 I As the retardation film, the current extension step of the earth-shaped/adhesive film is manufactured by 'phase-difference liquid crystal hardening having more complicated optical properties. In this method, in order to make polymerizable liquid crystal
分子相對基板面在規定方向配向,一,B B 灰疋在基板表面設 置液日日配向膜的方法。該液晶配向膜 〜错由尼龍等布 材,在一定方向摩擦基板表面形成的有 $機膜表面的摩擦 法而形成。然而,如果進行摩擦處理, , 〜在步驟中容易 產生灰塵或靜電,所以在液晶配向膜的矣 7表面黏附灰塵, 可能產生顯不不良。另外,在摩擦處理中 ' 由於製造步 驟產生的限制多’難以在任意的方向上精 ° ' w 士 a 頂在地控制液晶 配向方向。 201235751 因此,作為和摩擦處理不同的方法,已知的有 十土板表面肜成的聚乙烯醇桂皮酸酯等光敏性薄膜 放射線’且賦予液晶配向能力的光配向法(參照專利 5〜15)。根據該光配向法,不會產生灰塵或靜電,能 均勻的液晶配向,而且與摩擦處理相比,能在任意 上,且精密地控制液晶配向方向。此外,藉由在放 照射時使用光光罩等,能在—個基板上任意地形成 配向方向不同的多個區域。然而,在現有的技術中 在照射放射線時必須加熱以及必須要很大的累積曝 這樣的問題(參照專利文獻16)。 、' 另一方面,作為更有效地製造相位差薄膜的生 法,公知在長條狀的基材薄膜上連續地製造相位差 的輥對輥(roll · to · roU)方式(參照專利文獻17)。 在輥對輥方式中包括相位差薄膜的捲繞步驟,并且 於液晶配向膜必須具有膜硬度和與基材薄臈的貼緊 且避免基材薄膜的變形等影響,因此在配向膜制膜 望所必需的熱處理溫度在盡可能低的溫度下進行。 ,從製造時的成本和生產性角度出發,希望熱處理 間更短。 近年來流行顯示3D影像的技術,在家庭中正在 普及也能觀看3D影像的顯示器。作為3D影像的顯 式例如介紹了使用如下配置了偏光眼鏡的方法:在 用圖像和左眼用圖像中,形成偏光狀態不同的圖像 能看到各自的偏光狀態的圖像(參照專利文獻18)。 方式得到的立體圖像沒有閃爍’藉由戴上質量輕且 的偏光眼鏡’觀察者能觀察立體圖像。 藉由 照射 文獻 實現 方向 射線 液晶 ,存 光量 產方 薄膜 由於 ,由 性, 時希 進而 的時 逐漸 示方 右眼 s 只 種 便宜 用圖像中 影顯示而 圖像重合 由半透明 者藉由使 像素不同 個圖像通 置,不利 右眼用圖 技術,已 軸相互正 的前面, .201235751The method in which the molecules are aligned with respect to the substrate surface in a predetermined direction, and the B B ash is provided on the surface of the substrate to align the film on the surface of the liquid. The liquid crystal alignment film is formed by a friction method in which a material such as nylon is rubbed in a certain direction to form a surface of the substrate. However, if the rubbing treatment is carried out, ~ dust or static electricity is easily generated in the step, so that dust adheres to the surface of the liquid crystal alignment film, which may cause deterioration. In addition, in the rubbing treatment, 'there are many restrictions due to the manufacturing steps', it is difficult to control the liquid crystal alignment direction in an arbitrary direction. 201235751 Therefore, as a method different from the rubbing treatment, there is known a photo-alignment method in which a photosensitive film such as polyvinyl cinnamate on the surface of a ten earth plate is irradiated and a liquid crystal alignment ability is imparted (see Patent 5 to 15). . According to this light alignment method, dust or static electricity is not generated, uniform liquid crystal alignment can be achieved, and the alignment direction of the liquid crystal can be precisely controlled as compared with the rubbing treatment. Further, by using a light mask or the like at the time of radiation irradiation, a plurality of regions having different alignment directions can be arbitrarily formed on one substrate. However, in the prior art, it is necessary to heat the radiation and to have a large cumulative exposure (see Patent Document 16). On the other hand, as a method of producing a retardation film more efficiently, it is known to continuously produce a roll-to-roll (roll-to-roU) method in which a phase difference is formed on a long-length base film (see Patent Document 17). ). In the roll-to-roll method, the winding step of the retardation film is included, and the liquid crystal alignment film must have a film hardness and a close contact with the substrate, and the deformation of the substrate film is prevented, so that the film is formed in the alignment film. The necessary heat treatment temperature is carried out at as low a temperature as possible. From the viewpoint of cost and productivity at the time of manufacture, it is desirable to have a shorter heat treatment interval. In recent years, technologies for displaying 3D images have become popular, and displays that are also popular in homes and can view 3D images. As an explicit expression of a 3D image, for example, a method of arranging polarized glasses using an image in which an image having a different polarization state can be seen in an image of the left and right eyes is described (see Patent Literature 18). The stereoscopic image obtained by the method is not flickering 'by wearing light-weight polarized glasses', the observer can observe the stereoscopic image. By illuminating the literature, the directional ray liquid crystal is realized, and the light storage amount of the film is formed by the nature, and the time is gradually displayed. The right eye s is only displayed in an inexpensive image, and the image is superimposed by the translucent by making the pixel. Different images are unaided, which is unfavorable for the right eye using the graph technique, and the axes are positive with each other, .201235751
At作為在上述右眼用圖像和左眼 態不同的圖像的現有技術,對於投 台偏光投影儀’在螢幕上將兩者的 圖像;或者對於直視顯示而言是藉 光鏡合成兩台顯示裝置的圖像,或 面上的偏光膜的偏光透過軸對每個 成然而,為了使偏光軸不同的兩 ,必須要求兩台顯示裝置或放映裝 使用。作為在一台顯示裝置中形成 圖像的偏光狀態不同的圖像的現有 方式:將在鄰接的像素之間,偏光 狀的偏光層,密合到一台顯示裝置 戴上偏光眼鏡’能觀察到立體圖像 作為該偏光層必須形成微米級圖案的形 位差薄膜。作為這種形成圖案的相位差薄膜 ’例如公知對光敏性聚合物層照射偏振光的 專利文獻1 9)。然而’偏光照射需很大的照制 膜的熱穩定性無法充分滿足要求。 基於這種問題,希望開發出一種能在更 間熱處理的條件下有效地製造膜硬度和貼緊 晶配向膜的生產性高的製造方法、液晶配向 性優異的相位差薄膜的製造方法以及液晶配 [現有技術文獻] [專利文獻] [專利文獻1]日本特開昭56-9 1277號公報 形成偏光狀 言是使用兩 ’形成立體 反射鏡或偏 配置在基板 地配置而形 常同時放映 於在家庭中 像和左眼用 知的有下述 交的馬賽克 觀察者藉由 成圖案的相 的製造方法 左法等(參照 量,而且薄 低溫且短時 性優異的液 性和熱穩定 向劑。 .201235751 [專利文獻2]日本特開平1 -120528號公報 [專利文獻3]日本特開平4_229828號公報 [專利文獻4]日本特開平4-258923號公報 [專利文獻5]日本特開平6-287453號公報 [專利文獻6]曰本特開平ι〇_25 1646號公報 [專利文獻7]日本特開平1 1-2815號公報 [專利文獻8]日本特開平1 1-152475號公報 [專利文獻9]曰本特開2〇〇〇 144136號公報’ [專利文獻1〇]日本特開2000_319510號公報 [專利文獻11]日本特開2〇00_28 1724號公報 [專利文獻12]曰本特開平9_2973 1 3號公報 [專利文獻13]日本特開2〇〇3 3〇7736號公報 [專利文獻14]日本特開2〇〇4_ 1 63646號公報 [專利文獻15]日本特開2〇〇2_25〇924號公報 [專利文獻16]日本特開平1〇_278 1 23號公報 [專利文獻17]日本特開2000_86786號公報 [專利文獻1 8 ]曰本第3 4 6丨6 8 〇號專利公報 [專利文獻19]曰本特開2〇〇5_49865號公報 【發明内容】 [發明所欲解決之課題] 本發明是基於上述問題提出的,其目的在於提供一 種能在更低溫且短時間熱處理的條件下有效地製造膜硬 度和貼緊性優異的液晶配向膜的生產性高的液晶配向膜 的製造方法、液晶配向性和熱穩定性優異的相位 # 的製造方法。 201235751 [解決課題之手段] 為了解決上述問題而提出的本發明是—種液晶配向 膜的製造方法,其具有下述步驟: (1) 在透明薄膜上塗布液晶配向劑、形成塗膜的步驟 (以下稱為步驟(1)); (2) 對上述塗膜照射放射線、使塗膜硬化的步驟(以下 稱為步驟(2));以及 (3) 對上述硬化後的塗膜照射放射線、賦予液晶配向 能力的步驟(以下稱為步驟(3))。 藉由該製造方法,能夠低成本且高生產性地製造膜 石更度和貼緊性優異的液晶配向膜。 即使由含光敏性波長的放射線照射進行塗膜硬化步 輝’也能抑制得到的液晶配向膜所損失的液晶配向能力 ’因此該製造方法針對製造液晶配向性優異的相位差薄 膜用的液晶配向膜來說非常適合。 上述步驟(2)中的放射線從照射率的觀點而言,是非 偏光的紫外線,且較佳是使上述步驟(3)中的放=線偏光 的紫外線。 本發明的相位差薄膜的製造方法’其具有下述步驟 (1) 在透明薄膜上塗布潘十丨 . 肤土邛液日日配向劑、形成塗膜的步驟 > (2) 對上述塗膜照射放惠 射、,泉、使塗膜硬化的步驟; (3) 對上述硬化後的塗 复膜,系射放射線、賦予液晶配向 迠力的步驟; 201235751 少一部分上塗布聚合性 以及 的步驟(以下稱為步驟 (4) 在上述液晶配向膜的至 液晶的步驟(以下稱為步驟(4)); (5) 使上述聚合性液晶硬化 (5))。 上述液晶配向膜的製造大、+ 农&万法能夠進一步具有步驟 (4)和步驟(5)而製造相位差薄祺。 在本發明中,也包含具備、、在θ . 八爾/夜晶配向膜的相位差薄膜 ,該液晶配向膜包含液晶配向能力方向不同的區域。作 為其製造方法,是在上述步驟(3)中具有下述步驟: (3-i)在硬化後的塗膜的—部分或全部上照射第一放 射線的步驟;和 (3-2)在硬化後的塗膜的-部分上照射具有與第一放 射線不同的入射方向或偏光方向的第二放射線的步驟。 另外,作為具備包含液晶配向能力的方向不同的區 域的液晶配向膜的相位差薄膜的其他製造方法,上述步 驟(3-2)為(3-2’)至少在硬化後的塗膜未被第一放射線照 射的部分上’照射上述第·一放射線的步驟。 由具備這些包含液晶配向能力的方向不同的區域的 液晶配向膜的相位差薄膜的製造方法而製造的薄膜 ^ 夠適合於3D影像用途等。 b 用於本發明的製造方法的液晶配向劑,_ # [A]具有光配向性基團的聚有機矽氧烷(以下稱為「 [A J光 配向性聚有機石夕氧炫J )和[B]光硬化催化劑β M丄 错由該液 晶配向劑含有[A]光配向性聚有機矽氧烷,由於古^ w久巧破感度 的光配向性,因此能降低配向所必需的光照射旦 、里。另外 201235751 成 有 此 進 有 晶 線 但 配 性 由於^鍵採用聚有機矽氧烷,因此由該液晶配向劑形 的夜B曰配向膜的膜硬度和貼緊性優異,相位差薄膜具 優異的熱穩定性。 a 1^而,由於該液晶配向劑含有[B]光硬化催化劑,因月b藉由液晶配向膜含感光波長這樣的放射線照射,可 行塗膜的碩彳卜。A 1 m 由於已有的可光配向的液晶配向劑含 光敏性材料,為· 4 f防止由液晶配向劑形成的塗膜的液 配向性的損失 通常是在賦予液晶配向能力時的放射 膜 其 可 桂 酸 更 佳 所 照射步驟俞·,I & & 曰 不使塗膜被曝於含感光波長的放射線。 是’藉由該贺ii古、+ . 眾以方法’在對塗膜照射放射線賦予液晶 向能力的步驟μ、+、i _ (P上这步驟(3))之前’即使藉由含光敏 波^的放剞線照射進行塗膜硬化步驟(即上述步驟(2)) 也:b抑制付到的液晶配向膜的液晶配向性的損失。 攸而,由於该製造方法是藉由可光配向的液晶配向 白也含感光波長這樣的放射線照射進行塗膜的硬化, 、、。果’步驟(1)中的熱處理在低溫且短時間的條件下即 ’能夠低成本且生產性高地製造液晶配向膜。 在該液晶配向劑中,上述光配向性基團 皮酸結構的基團。作為光配向性基團,使 : 或其衍生物作為基本骨架的桂皮酸結構的基團由 容易引入’且由該液晶配向劑形成的相位 鬲的光配向性能 / 、〃、 在該液日日配向劑中,具有上 . 口躡的基團鲂 為從來自下述式⑴所示的化合物的基團團二 示的化合物的基團所構成的群組中選出的至少:丄< -10 - 201235751 以下,也將來自下述式(i)所示的化合物和式 合物稱作「特定桂皮酸衍生物」), x (2)所不的化 〇At, as the prior art of the image for the right eye and the image of the left eye, the image of the two is projected on the screen for the projection projector; or the combination of the two for the direct view display The image of the display device or the polarized light of the polarizing film on the surface is transmitted through the shaft pair. However, in order to make the polarizing axes different, it is necessary to use two display devices or projection devices. A conventional method of forming an image having a different polarization state in an image in one display device: a polarizing polarizing layer between adjacent pixels is attached to one display device and wearing polarized glasses can be observed A stereoscopic image as a polarizing film in which a micron-order pattern must be formed as the polarizing layer. As such a patterned retardation film, for example, Patent Document 19 (9) which irradiates polarized light to a photosensitive polymer layer is known. However, the thermal stability of the film that requires a large amount of polarized light irradiation cannot sufficiently satisfy the requirements. In view of such a problem, it has been desired to develop a production method capable of efficiently producing a film hardness and a film-attached film under conditions of further heat treatment, a method for producing a retardation film excellent in liquid crystal alignment, and a liquid crystal distribution. [PRIOR ART DOCUMENT] [Patent Document 1] Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. SHO 56-9 No. 1277 discloses the formation of a polarizing mode in which two stereoscopic mirrors are formed or disposed on a substrate, and are often simultaneously displayed on the substrate. In the case of the household and the left eye, there is a liquid crystal and a heat stabilizer which are excellent in low-temperature and short-time properties by a method of producing a patterned phase by a mosaic observer. Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 4-258923 (Patent Document No. 4) Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. Hei No. Hei-4-258923 (Patent Document 5) Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 6-287453 [Patent Document 6] Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. Hei No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. ] [Patent Document 1] Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2000-319510 (Patent Document 11) Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. Hei No. Hei. [Patent Document 13] Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei 2 No. Hei 2 No. Hei. [Patent Document No. 1] Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. No. 2000-86786 (Patent Document No. 1). [Problem to be Solved by the Invention] The present invention has been made based on the above problems, and an object thereof is to provide an article which can be effectively dried under conditions of lower temperature and short-time heat treatment. A method for producing a liquid crystal alignment film having high productivity of a liquid crystal alignment film having excellent film hardness and adhesion, and a method for producing phase # excellent in liquid crystal alignment and thermal stability. 201235751 [Means for Solving the Problem] In order to solve the above problems The proposed invention is A method for producing a liquid crystal alignment film, comprising the steps of: (1) applying a liquid crystal alignment agent to a transparent film, forming a coating film (hereinafter referred to as step (1)); (2) irradiating the coating film a step of irradiating the film to cure the coating film (hereinafter referred to as step (2)); and (3) a step of irradiating the coating film after the curing with radiation and imparting a liquid crystal alignment ability (hereinafter referred to as step (3)). According to this production method, it is possible to produce a liquid crystal alignment film excellent in the fineness of the film and the adhesion with low productivity and high productivity. Even if the film hardening step is performed by irradiation with a photosensitive wavelength, the liquid crystal alignment ability lost by the obtained liquid crystal alignment film can be suppressed. Therefore, the production method is directed to a liquid crystal alignment film for producing a retardation film excellent in liquid crystal alignment. Very suitable. The radiation in the above step (2) is a non-polarized ultraviolet ray from the viewpoint of the irradiation rate, and is preferably an ultraviolet ray which is polarized by the discharge line in the above step (3). The method for producing a retardation film of the present invention has the following steps: (1) coating a thin film on a transparent film; a step of forming a coating film by a skin sputum daily dosing agent > (2) applying the above coating film The step of irradiating the radiation, the spring, and curing the coating film; (3) the step of irradiating the coating film after the curing, and applying the radiation to the liquid crystal; 201235751 a part of the coating polymerization step ( Hereinafter, it is referred to as a step (4) in the liquid crystal alignment film to the liquid crystal (hereinafter referred to as step (4)); (5) the polymerizable liquid crystal is cured (5)). The above-mentioned liquid crystal alignment film can be manufactured in a large size, and the process can be further carried out in steps (4) and (5) to produce a phase difference. In the present invention, a retardation film having a θ································ As a method for producing the same, in the above step (3), there are the steps of: (3-i) a step of irradiating the first radiation on part or all of the cured coating film; and (3-2) hardening. The step of irradiating the second radiation having an incident direction or a polarization direction different from the first radiation is irradiated onto the portion of the subsequent coating film. Further, as another method for producing a retardation film including a liquid crystal alignment film having a region in which the liquid crystal alignment ability is different, the step (3-2) is (3-2') at least the cured coating film is not in the first a step of irradiating the first radiation on a portion irradiated with radiation. A film produced by a method for producing a retardation film having a liquid crystal alignment film having a different direction of liquid crystal alignment capability is suitable for use in 3D image applications. b Liquid crystal alignment agent used in the production method of the present invention, _# [A] polyorganosiloxane having a photo-alignment group (hereinafter referred to as "[AJ photo-aligned polyorganismite X) and [ B) Photohardening catalyst β M 由 由 The liquid crystal alignment agent contains [A] photo-aligned polyorganosiloxane, which can reduce the light-irradiation necessary for alignment due to the optical alignment of the ancient In addition, 201235751 has this crystal line but the compatibility is due to the use of polyorganosiloxane, so the film of the night B曰 alignment film of the liquid crystal alignment agent is excellent in film hardness and adhesion, and the retardation film It has excellent thermal stability. a 1^, because the liquid crystal alignment agent contains a [B] photocuring catalyst, it is possible to irradiate the radiation by a liquid crystal alignment film containing a photosensitive wavelength. 1 m Since the existing photo-alignable liquid crystal alignment agent contains a photosensitive material, the liquid alignment loss of the coating film formed by the liquid crystal alignment agent is generally prevented from being caused by the radiation film imparting liquid crystal alignment ability. The more illuminating step of lauric acid, Yu, I &a Mp; & 曰 曰 被 涂 涂 涂 涂 涂 涂 涂 涂 涂 涂 涂 是 是 涂 涂 是 是 是 是 是 涂 涂 涂 是 是 是 涂 涂 涂 涂 涂 涂 涂 涂 涂 涂 涂 涂 涂 涂 涂 涂 涂 涂 涂 涂 涂 涂 涂 涂 涂 涂(Before this step (3)), [even if the coating film hardening step (ie, the above step (2)) is performed by irradiation with a light-sensitive line containing light-sensitive waves ^: b suppresses the liquid crystal alignment of the liquid crystal alignment film which is paid In the manufacturing method, the coating film is cured by radiation irradiation of the photo-alignable liquid crystal alignment and the photosensitive wavelength, and the heat treatment in the step (1) is low temperature and short. Under the condition of time, the liquid crystal alignment film can be produced at a low cost and with high productivity. In the liquid crystal alignment agent, a group of the photo-alignment group dermatonic acid structure is used as a photo-alignment group, or a derivative thereof. The group of the cinnamic acid structure as the basic skeleton is composed of a phase alignment which is easily introduced and formed by the liquid crystal alignment agent, /, 〃, in the liquid daily alignment agent, having a group of the upper oxime鲂 is from the following formula (1) At least: 丄 < -10 - 201235751 selected from the group consisting of the groups of the compound represented by the group of the compound, and the compound and the formula represented by the following formula (i) are also referred to as " Specific cinnamic acid derivatives"), x (2)
OH H_^.R4__R5OH H_^.R4__R5
COOH (2) (式(1)中,Ri是伸苯基、伸聯苯基、伸三 伸環己基。該伸苯基、伸聯苯基 7本土或 氫原子的-部分或全部可以被碳原 ::氰可基::广碳原子數為— 子取代2是單鍵、碳原子數為i〜3的鏈 。硫原子、-CH=CH_、·、-C〇〇4 0C0 。a疋0〜3的整數。其中,在&為2以h t〇C〇- R2可以相同,也可以不同。以❹子^基多個R1和 整數。 京子或亂基。b是〇〜4 )中,R是伸笨基或伸環己其 己基的氫原子的—部分或 r㈣本基或伸環 的鏈狀或壤狀的烧基、碳原子數:?皮碳原子數為1〜10 烧氧基、氣原子或氮基取代。上〜10㈣狀或環狀的 的鏈烧二基、氧原?、硫原子或:鍵、石反原子數為卜3 。其中,4 2以上時,多個 ;。C是1〜3的整數 R和115可以相同,也可以 -11- 201235751 不同。R6是氟原子或氰基。d是〇〜4整數。R7是氧原子 、-COO-或- 0C0-。R8是2價的芳香族基團、2價的脂環 式基團、2價的雜環基或2價的稠環基。r9是單鍵' -OCO-(CH2)f-*或_0(CH2)〆。其中,帶「*」的連接鍵和 缓基連接。f和g各自是biO的整數。e是〇〜3的整數 。其中,在e為2以上時,R7和r8各自可以相同,也可 以不同)。 作為具有上述桂皮酸結構的基團,藉由使用來自上 述特定桂皮酸衍生物的基團,能進一步提高光配向性能 在遠液晶配向劑中,光配向性聚有機矽氧烷較佳 疋從具有ί哀氧基的聚有機矽氧烷、其水解物及其水解物 的縮&物所構成的群組中選出的至少一種,與從上述式 ()所示的化合物和上述式(2)所示的化合物所構成的群 、且中^出的至少一種的反應產物。在該液晶配向劑中, 藉由利用具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷和特定桂皮酸衍生 物之間的反應性,在作為主鏈的聚有機石夕氧院中能容易 ”有光配向性的來自特定桂皮酸衍生物的側鏈基 ::液晶配向劑較佳為進一步含有[c]從聚醯胺酸、 乙歸基不飽和化合物聚合物以及沒有光配向 :二有機嫩所構成的群組令選出的至少-種 聚合物時,「:Cj其他聚合物」)。在含有其 顯在其表層附2,配向劑形成的液晶配向膜中, 曰、-勺勻地存在聚有機矽氧烷。因此,; -12- 201235751 由增加其他聚合物的含量,即使減少該液晶配向劑中的 聚有機矽氧烷的含量,也使聚有機矽氧烷在配向膳表面 不均勻地存在,故能得到足夠的液晶配向性。因此,在 本發明中,能減少製造成本高的聚有機矽氧烷在該液晶 配向劑中的含量,其結果是能降低該液晶配向劑的製造 成本。 該液晶配向劑,能夠特別適合於藉由光配向法形成 液晶配向膜,特別是形成在相位差薄膜製造中所用的液 晶配向膜而使用。另外,也適用於輥對輥方式等量產性 優異的步驟。進而,在本發明中,也適用於包含液晶配 向能力的方向不同的區域的液晶配向膜、具有所述浪晶 配向膜的相位差薄膜。另外’這些相位差薄膜也適用於 3D影像用的液晶顯示元件。 [發明之效果] 根據本發明’能夠提供一種生產性高的液晶配向膜 的製造方法、液晶配向性和熱穩定性優異的相位差薄膜 的製造方法’在上述生產性高的液晶配向膜的製造方法 中’即使照射少量放射線也可光配向,在更低溫和短時 間的熱處理條件下,能夠有效地製造膜硬度和貼緊性優 異的液晶配向膜。另外’該液晶配向劑也適用於輥對幸昆 方式等量產性優異的步驟。進而,該液晶配向劑也適用 於3D影像用途等的包含液晶配向能力的方向不同的區 域的液晶配向膜。 【實施方式】 [用以實施發明之形態] -13- 201235751 <液晶配向膜的製造方法> 本發明的液晶配向膜的製造方法,其具有下述步驟 (1) 在透明薄膜上塗布液晶配向劑、形成塗膜的步驟 > (2) 對上述塗膜照射放射線、使塗膜硬化的步驟;以 及 (3) 對上述硬化後的塗膜照射放射線、賦予液晶配向 能力的步驟。以下對各步驟詳細說明。 [步驟(1)] 汾在本步驟中,在透明薄膜上塗布液晶配向劑、形成 塗臈。作為塗布方法,可以列舉例如輥塗法、旋塗=、 印刷法、噴塗法等適當的塗布方法。接著,對二:/佳 =里,由此形成塗膜。作為熱處理的溫度:較佳為 佳為0.1刀釦〜5分鐘,更佳為〇·5分鐘八 盒膜的膜厚’較佳& , 刀·里作為 〇.5μηι。 土马 〇.〇〇5μηι〜 作為上述透明薄膜的材料,可以 纖維素(TAC)、聚對苯二曱酸乙_ 牛1如三乙醯基 J个 1收g —酯、聚對 _ 酗、聚醚砜、聚醯胺、聚醯亞胺、聚 一馱丁二 聚碳酸酯等塑膠基材的透明基板等。特別二丙烯酸甲酯、COOH (2) (In the formula (1), Ri is a phenyl group, a biphenyl group, or a tricyclohexyl group. The phenyl group, the phenyl group 7 or a hydrogen atom may be partially or wholly. ::Cyanocyl group:: The number of carbon atoms is - Substituent 2 is a single bond, a chain having a carbon number of i~3. A sulfur atom, -CH=CH_, ·, -C〇〇4 0C0 .a疋0 An integer of ~3. Among them, the & is 2 to ht〇C〇- R2 can be the same, or can be different. To the dice ^ base multiple R1 and integer. Kyoko or chaotic base. b is 〇 ~ 4), R is a chain- or soil-like alkyl group or a carbon atom of a hydrogen atom or a r(tetra) radical or a ring of a ring extending to a ring or a ring: The number of carbon atoms in the sheath is 1 to 10, which is substituted by an alkoxy group, a gas atom or a nitrogen group. On a ~10 (four) or cyclic chain of dibasic, oxygen? , sulfur atom or: bond, stone anti-atomic number is b 3 . Among them, when 4 2 or more, more than one; C is an integer from 1 to 3. R and 115 can be the same or different from -11 to 201235751. R6 is a fluorine atom or a cyano group. d is 〇~4 integer. R7 is an oxygen atom, -COO- or -0C0-. R8 is a divalent aromatic group, a divalent alicyclic group, a divalent heterocyclic group or a divalent fused ring group. R9 is a single bond '-OCO-(CH2)f-* or _0(CH2)〆. Among them, the connection key with "*" is connected with the slow base. f and g are each an integer of biO. e is an integer of 〇~3. Here, when e is 2 or more, R7 and r8 may be the same or different. As a group having the above-mentioned cinnamic acid structure, by using a group derived from the above specific cinnamic acid derivative, the photoalignment property can be further improved. In the far liquid crystal alignment agent, the photoalignment polyorganosiloxane is preferably used. At least one selected from the group consisting of polyorganosiloxanes, hydrolyzates thereof, and hydrolyzate thereof, and a compound represented by the above formula () and the above formula (2) A reaction product of at least one of the group consisting of the compounds shown. In the liquid crystal alignment agent, by utilizing the reactivity between the polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group and a specific cinnamic acid derivative, it is easy to have a light alignment in a polyorganism as a main chain. a side chain group derived from a specific cinnamic acid derivative: the liquid crystal alignment agent preferably further comprises [c] a polymer composed of polyglycine, a compound of ethyl fluorinated unsaturated compound, and no photo-alignment: two organic When the group selects at least one type of polymer, ": Cj other polymer"). In the liquid crystal alignment film containing the surface layer 2 and the alignment agent formed thereon, a polyorganosiloxane is uniformly present in the crucible. Therefore, -12- 201235751, by increasing the content of other polymers, even if the content of polyorganosiloxane in the liquid crystal alignment agent is reduced, the polyorganosiloxane is unevenly present on the surface of the aligning meal, so that it can be obtained Adequate liquid crystal alignment. Therefore, in the present invention, the content of the polyorganosiloxane having a high production cost in the liquid crystal alignment agent can be reduced, and as a result, the production cost of the liquid crystal alignment agent can be lowered. The liquid crystal alignment agent can be suitably used for forming a liquid crystal alignment film by a photo-alignment method, in particular, a liquid crystal alignment film used for the production of a retardation film. Further, it is also applicable to a step of excellent mass productivity such as a roll-to-roll method. Further, in the present invention, it is also applicable to a liquid crystal alignment film including a region in which the direction of liquid crystal alignment is different, and a retardation film having the same. Further, these retardation films are also applicable to liquid crystal display elements for 3D image. [Effect of the Invention] According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a method for producing a liquid crystal alignment film having high productivity, a method for producing a retardation film excellent in liquid crystal alignment property and thermal stability, and in the production of the above-described highly productive liquid crystal alignment film. In the method, 'the light can be aligned even when a small amount of radiation is irradiated, and a liquid crystal alignment film excellent in film hardness and adhesion can be efficiently produced under a lower temperature and a short heat treatment condition. Further, the liquid crystal alignment agent is also suitable for a step which is excellent in mass productivity such as a roll-to-shun method. Further, the liquid crystal alignment agent is also applicable to a liquid crystal alignment film having a region in which the liquid crystal alignment ability is different in directions such as 3D image use. [Embodiment] [Formation for Carrying Out the Invention] -13-201235751 <Method for Producing Liquid Crystal Alignment Film> The method for producing a liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention comprises the following steps (1) applying a liquid crystal on a transparent film (Step of forming a coating film) (2) a step of irradiating the coating film with radiation to cure the coating film; and (3) a step of irradiating the coating film after the curing with radiation and imparting a liquid crystal alignment ability. The steps are described in detail below. [Step (1)] In this step, a liquid crystal alignment agent is coated on the transparent film to form a coating. The coating method may, for example, be a suitable coating method such as a roll coating method, a spin coating method, a printing method, or a spray coating method. Next, the second: / good = inside, thereby forming a coating film. The temperature for the heat treatment is preferably from 0.1 to 15 minutes, more preferably from 5 minutes to 8 minutes, and the film thickness of the film is 'best' and the knives are as 〇.5μηι.土马μ.〇〇5μηι~ As the material of the above transparent film, cellulose (TAC), poly(p-benzoic acid), bovine 1 such as triethyl sulfonyl group J, 1 g-ester, poly-p- 酗, A transparent substrate of a plastic substrate such as polyethersulfone, polyamine, polyimide, or polybutylene dicarbonate. Specially methyl diacrylate,
中,一般是作為起到重要功能的 TAc在LCD 相位差薄膜在大多數情況下,和=膜的保護層使用。 意浔膜必須要未精密地控制相 使用。相位 对偏光骐的偏氺虹&々 -14- 烏“能發揮 201235751 出所希望 薄膜上, 向的液晶 硬化聚合 的偏光膜 。此外, 用於柔性 特徵,配 性面的溶 為了形成 此外 構成部件 經過後述 另外,在 塗布該液 向膜使用 塗布 更好,可 鹽等。 [步驟(2)] 本步 騍。作為: 的光的紫 的 為非偏光 :光學性質的角度而進行貼合。因此,在TAC 曰光配向法在#意的方向上形成能使液晶配 配向膜’為了發揮出希望的光學性f,塗布而 :生液晶’形成相位差膜,若如此,能節省現有 J相位差薄膜的貼合步驟,有助於提高生產性 、有助於LCD材料的小型、輕質化,還可以適 -員不态等。然而,TAC薄膜具有耐溶劑性差的 向膜形成時能使用的溶劑有p艮,NMp這樣溶解 劑無法使用〇 J;卜冰,Τ Δ P Λ 文用此外,TAC薄膜具有耐熱性低, 配向膜不能在高溫下處理的特徵。 〇亥液aB配向劑塗布到例如濾色片這樣的Lcd 上或包括偏振片、相位差薄膜的光學薄膜上, 的放射線照射步驟,能作為液晶配向膜使用。 使用該液晶配向劑製造的相位差薄膜上,重複 晶配向劑’經過同樣的步驟,也能作為液晶配 該液晶配向劑時’為了使基板和塗膜的黏結性 以在基板上預先塗布官能性矽烷化合物、鈦酸 驟是對上述塗膜照射放射線,使塗膜硬化的步 故射線,能使用例如包含150nm~800nm的波長 外線和可見光線。其中較佳為包含 300nm〜 波長的光的紫外線。放射線可以為偏光也可以 ,偏光的場合可以為直線偏光或部分偏光時, -15- 201235751 從照射效率角度較佳為使用部分偏光,更 另外,本說明書中的「非偏光」是指:即 分偏光的光,如果實質上為非偏光,也包 」中。 放射線的照射可以從垂直基板面的方 以從傾斜方向進行,或者還可以組合這些 佳為從與垂直基板面的方向接近的角度照 作為使用的光源,能使用例如低壓水 銀燈、重氫燈、金屬鹵化物燈、氬共振燈 子鐘射水銀-氙燈(Hg-Xe燈)等。上述的直 偏光的紫外線能藉由將上述光源和例如滤 栅等一起使用的機構等而得到。 作為放射線的照射量較佳為u/m2一 J/m,更佳為 loj/j^qojooj/^,特佳為 J/m2。 [步驟(3)] 本步驟疋對上述硬化後的塗膜照射放 液晶配向能力的步驟。作為放射線,能 1 5〇nm〜800nm的波長的光的紫外線和可見 包含300nm〜400nm的波長的光的紫外線。 為直線偏光或部分偏光時,肖射可以從垂 向進行,$ 了賦予預傾角,也可以從傾斜 者還可以組合這些方式進行。在照射非偏 ,照射方向必須是傾斜方向。另外,本說 預傾角j疋指液晶分子從和基板面平行 •佳為非偏光。 1使是發生—部 ‘括在「非偏光 向進行,也可 方式進行·>較 射。 銀燈、高壓水 、氙燈、准分 線偏光或部分 光器、衍射光 -不足 1〇〇,〇0〇 50"m2〜5,〇〇〇 射線,且賦予 使用例如包含 光線,較佳為 使用的放射線 直基板面的方 方向進行,或 光的放射綠時 明書中所述的 的方向傾斜的 -16 - 201235751 作為使用的光源,能使用例如低壓水銀燈、高壓水 銀燈、重氫燈、金屬鹵化物燈、氬共振燈、氙燈、准分 子鐳射、水銀-氙燈(Hg-Xe燈)等。上述較佳波長區域的 紫外線能藉由將上述光源和例如濾光器、衍射光柵等一 起使用的機構等而得到。 作為 更佳為 放射線的照射量較佳為U/m1〜不足1〇 〇〇〇J/m1 1〇J/m2~2 3 4,〇〇〇J/m2。另外,藉由光配向法對由 現有已知的液晶配向劑形成的塗膜賦予液晶配向能力時 ,必須要求10,000J/m1以上的放射線照射量,但是如果 使用後述的該液晶配向劑,則光配向法的放射線照射量 即使是3,000J/m1以下,進而是loooj/w以下,也能賦 予良好的液晶配向能力’有助於削減液晶顯示元件的製 造成本。 <相位差薄膜及其製造方法> 本發明還適合包含具有由該液晶配向犋的製造方法 形成的液晶配向膜的相位差薄膜。該液晶配向膜的製造 方法包括: (1)在透明薄膜上塗布液晶配向劑、形成塗膜的步驟 -17- 1 對上述塗膜照射放射線、使塗膜硬化的步驟; 2 對上述硬化後的塗膜照射放射線、賦予液晶配向 能力’形成液晶配向膜的步驟; 3 對上述液晶配向膜的至少一部分塗布聚合性液 晶的步驟;以及 4 使上述聚合性液晶硬化的步驟。 201235751 這樣’上述液晶配向膜的製造方法進一步包括步驟 (4)和步驟(5),由此能夠製造相位差薄膜。步驟(丨)〜步驟 (3)與上述液晶配向膜的製造方法相同,省略有關其詳細 說明。以下,對步驟(4)和步驟(5)進行詳細說明。 [步驟(4)] 本步驟是對形成了液晶配向膜的至少一部分塗布聚 合性液晶。作為塗布聚合性液晶的方法,能夠列舉例如 輥塗法、旋塗法、印刷法、噴塗法等適當的塗布方法。 作為上述聚合性液晶,只要是藉由加熱及/或照射放 射線能聚合的化合物’就丨又有特別的限定。例如,可以 是UV硬化橡膠液晶及其應用(參照液晶、第3卷、第丄 期、1999年、第34頁〜第42頁)記載的這種向列型液晶 化合物’也可以是和多個化合物的混合物。另外,可以 包含公知的光聚合引發劑或熱聚合引發劑。這些聚合性 液晶化合物或其混合物能溶解到適當的溶劑中使用。此 外,藉由加入手性試劑等’可以使用在基板上,在垂直 方向上扭曲的扭曲向列配向的液晶,也可以使用膽固醇 液晶,還可以使用碟形液晶。 ’ [步驟(5)] 在步驟中,,藉由加熱和/或照射非偏振的放射線等, 使聚合性液晶中含有的溶劑乾燥,并使聚合性液晶硬化 。另外,該聚合步驟可以在空氣下,也可以在氮氣等惰 性氣體環境下進行’能根據使用的聚合性液晶的聚人性 基團和引發劑,選擇適合的條件。這樣得到的薄膜在規 定的配向狀態下’能使聚合性液晶硬化,能作 f句相位差 溥瞑使用。 -18· 201235751 作為加熱聚合性液晶時的溫度’選擇得到良好的配 向的溫度。例# ’在使用Merck公司製造的聚合性液晶 RMS03-013C時,在4〇它〜8(TC的範圍内選擇。 作為照射放射線時的放射線,能列舉出例如非偏光的 紫外線等。作為放射線的照射量較佳為 l,〇〇〇J/m2~l〇〇,〇〇〇j/m2 , 10>〇〇〇J/m2~5〇5〇〇〇J/m2〇 聚合性液晶的膜厚選擇能得到戶斤希望@光學性質的 膜厚。❹’在製造波長540nm的可見光的ι/2波長板 時,選擇形成的相位差薄膜的相位差為24〇nm〜3〇〇nm的 膜厚,如果是i/4波長板,則選擇相位差為i2〇nm〜i5〇nm 的膜厚。得到目標相位差的膜厚根據使用的聚合性液晶 的光學性質而異。例如,在使用Merck公司的聚合性液 晶(RMS03-013C)時,作為用於製造1/4波長板的膜厚在 0.6μηι~1.5μηι的範圍内選擇〇 <具有包含液晶配向的方向不同的區域的液晶配向膜的 相位差薄膜及其製造方法> 本發明也包括具有液晶配向膜的相位差薄膜,該相 位差薄膜包含液晶配向的方向不同的區域。所述相位差 薄膜能夠適合於3D影像用途等。該相位差薄膜的製造方 法的上述步驟(3)具有下述步驟: (3-1)在硬化後的塗膜的一部分或全部上照射第一放 射線的步驟;和 (3 - 2)在硬化後的塗臈的一部分上,照射具有與第一 放射線不同的入射方向或偏光方向的第二放射線的步驟 -19- 201235751 另外’作為具備包含液晶配向能力的方向艾 域的液晶配向膜的相位差薄膜的其他製造方法, 上 驟(3-2)為(3-2’)至少在硬化後的塗膜未被第—敌射 射的部分上,照射上述第二放射線的步驟。 作為步驟(3-2)和(3 _2’)中的第二入射方向或# 向,只要是與在步驟(3-1)或(3-1,)照射放射線啤; 了夜 向能力的第一入射方向或偏光方向不同,則沒有特 限定。較佳為 70°〜1 10°,更佳為85。〜95。,最佳為 。作為在不同入射方向照射的機構,能夠列舉藉由 照射放射線的方法。另外,作為光罩,較佳為按照 部和遮光部交互并列的方式形成圖案為長方形狀。 〈液晶配向劑> 用於本發明的製造方法的液晶配向劑的特徵在 有[A]光配向性聚有機石夕氧烧和[B]光硬化催化劑。 該液晶配向劑含有[A]光配向性聚有機矽氧烷,由於 感度的光配向性,因此能降低配向所必需的光照射 另外’由於主鏈採用聚有機矽氧烷,因此由該液晶 劑形成的液晶配向膜的膜硬度和貼緊性優異,相伯: 膜具有優異的熱穩定性。進而,由於該液晶配向劑 [B]光硬化催化劑’因此能藉由如上所述液晶配向膜 光波長這樣的放射線照射,進行塗膜的硬化,其結 在塗膜形成步驟中的熱處理在低溫且短時間的條件 可能夠低成本且高生產性地製造液晶配向膜。 該液晶配向劑較佳含有[C]其他聚合物,并且, 不損害本發明的效果’也可也含有其他任意成分。 的區 逃步 線照 光方 晶酉己 別的 9〇° 光罩 透光 於含 藉由 南敏 量。 配向 差薄 含有 含感 果, 下即 只要 以下 -20- 201235751 [A]光配向性聚有機矽氧烷、[B]光硬化催化劑、[c] /、他:合物和其他任意成分進行詳細說明。 <[△]光配向性聚有機矽氧烷〉 [A]光配向性聚有機矽氧烷是從來自聚有機矽氧烷 、其水解物及其水解物的縮 至少一種作為主鏈的部分上 配向性基團,光配向的靈敏 里,液晶配向性優異。另外 為主鏈’所以由該液晶配向 度和貼緊性優異,相位差薄 作為光配向性基團,能 各種化合物的基團,能列舉 物作為基本骨架的含偶氮苯 物作為基本骨架的具有桂皮 〃句生物作為基本骨架的含 〃衍生物作為基本骨架的含 或其衍生物作為基本骨架的 胺或其衍生物作為基本骨架 些光配向性基團中,如果考 易性’較佳為含有桂皮酸或 有桂皮酸結構的基團。 具有桂皮酸結構的基團 其衍生物作為基本骨架,就 自上述特定桂皮酸衍生物的 伸聯苯基、伸三聯苯基或伸 合物所構成的群組中選出的 引入光配向性基團。藉由光 度良好,能實現低的光照射 ’由於採用聚有機矽氧烷作 劑形成的液晶配向膜的膜硬 膜具有優異的熱穩定性。 採用來自顯示出光配向性的 出例如含有偶氮苯或其衍生 基團、含有桂皮酸或其衍生 酸結構的基團、含有查酮或 查_基團、含有二苯甲酮或 二苯甲_基團、含有香豆素 含香豆素基團、含有聚醯亞 的含聚醯亞胺結構等。在這 慮高的配向能力和導入的容 其衍生物作為基本骨架的具 的結構只要是含有桂皮酸或 /又有特別的限定,較佳為來 基團。另外,R1是伸苯基、 褒己基。該伸苯基〕伸聯苯 -21- 201235751 基、伸三聯苯基或伸環己基的氫原子的一部分或全 以被碳原子數為1〜1 〇的烷基、具有氟原子的碳原 1〜10的烷氧基、氟原子或氰基取代。R2是單鍵、碎 數為1〜3的鏈烷二基、氧原子、硫原子、-CH = CH-、 、-COO-或-OCO-。a是0〜3的整數。其中,在a肩 上時,多個R1和R2可以相同,也可以不同。R3 ;! 子或氰基。b是0〜4整數。 作為上述式(1)所示的化合物,能列舉出例如"7 所示的化合物。 部可 數為 原子 -NH- 2以 氟原 述式 -22- 201235751In general, TAc plays an important role in the LCD phase difference film in most cases, and the protective layer of the film is used. The membrane must be used without precise control. The phase-to-polarization 氺 氺 氺 & 氺 々 - - - - 2012 2012 2012 2012 357 357 357 357 357 357 357 357 357 357 2012 357 357 357 357 357 357 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 In addition, it is better to apply the coating liquid to the film, and it is possible to apply a salt or the like. [Step (2)] This step is as follows: The violet of the light is non-polarized: the optical property is bonded to each other. In the TAC illuminating alignment method, the liquid crystal can be aligned to the film 'in order to exhibit the desired optical property f, and the liquid crystal can be formed to form a retardation film. If so, the existing J phase difference can be saved. The bonding step of the film contributes to improvement in productivity, contributes to the compactness and weight reduction of the LCD material, and is also suitable for the user. However, the TAC film can be used when forming a film with poor solvent resistance. The solvent has p艮, NMp such a dissolving agent cannot be used 〇J; 卜冰, Δ Δ P Λ In addition, the TAC film has the characteristics of low heat resistance and the alignment film cannot be treated at a high temperature. The haihai liquid aB alignment agent is applied to For example, a radiation irradiation step on Lcd such as a color filter or an optical film including a polarizing plate or a retardation film can be used as a liquid crystal alignment film. On the phase difference film manufactured using the liquid crystal alignment agent, the crystal alignment agent is repeated. In the same procedure, when the liquid crystal alignment agent is used as the liquid crystal, the coating film is irradiated with radiation to preliminarily apply a functional decane compound or titanic acid to the substrate in order to bond the substrate and the coating film. For the hardened step beam, for example, an outer line and a visible light line having a wavelength of 150 nm to 800 nm can be used, and among them, ultraviolet light containing light of 300 nm to wavelength is preferable. The radiation may be polarized light or the polarized light may be linearly polarized or partially polarized. In the case of -15-201235751, it is preferable to use partial polarized light from the viewpoint of irradiation efficiency, and "non-polarized light" in the present specification means that light which is divided into polarized light is also included in the case of substantially non-polarized light. The irradiation of the radiation may be performed from the direction of the vertical substrate surface from the oblique direction, or may be combined as an angle of light which is preferably used from a direction close to the direction of the vertical substrate surface, and for example, a low pressure mercury lamp, a heavy hydrogen lamp, a metal can be used. A halide lamp, an argon resonance lamp, a mercury-xenon lamp (Hg-Xe lamp), and the like. The ultraviolet light of the above-mentioned direct polarized light can be obtained by a mechanism for using the above-mentioned light source together with, for example, a grating or the like. The irradiation amount of the radiation is preferably u/m2 to J/m, more preferably loj/j^qojooj/^, and particularly preferably J/m2. [Step (3)] This step 照射 irradiates the above-mentioned hardened coating film with a step of discharging the liquid crystal alignment ability. As the radiation, ultraviolet rays of light having a wavelength of from 1 5 Å to 800 nm and ultraviolet rays of light having a wavelength of from 300 nm to 400 nm are visible. For linear or partial polarization, the reflection can be made from the vertical direction, the pretilt angle can be given by $, or it can be combined from the tilter. In the case of non-biased illumination, the direction of illumination must be oblique. In addition, the pretilt angle j 疋 means that the liquid crystal molecules are parallel to the substrate surface. Preferably, the liquid crystal molecules are non-polarized. (1) The occurrence of the - part is included in the "non-polarization direction, and the method can be performed." The silver light, high-pressure water, xenon lamp, quasi-line polarized light or partial light, diffracted light - less than 1 inch, 〇0〇50"m2~5, X-ray, and is applied in a direction in which, for example, a light-containing substrate surface containing light, preferably used, or a light-emitting green light is used, -16 - 201235751 As the light source used, for example, a low pressure mercury lamp, a high pressure mercury lamp, a heavy hydrogen lamp, a metal halide lamp, an argon resonance lamp, a xenon lamp, an excimer laser, a mercury-xenon lamp (Hg-Xe lamp), or the like can be used. Ultraviolet light in a preferred wavelength region can be obtained by a mechanism for using the light source together with, for example, a filter, a diffraction grating, etc. The irradiation amount of radiation is more preferably U/m1 to less than 1 〇〇〇〇. J/m1 1〇J/m2~2 3 4, 〇〇〇J/m2. In addition, when the liquid crystal alignment ability is imparted to a coating film formed of a conventionally known liquid crystal alignment agent by a photo-alignment method, 10,000 J is required. Radiation exposure above /m1, but When the liquid crystal alignment agent to be described later is used, the radiation irradiation amount of the photo-alignment method is not less than 3,000 J/m1, and further, it is lesso/w or less, and the liquid crystal alignment ability can be imparted. The present invention is also suitable for a retardation film comprising a liquid crystal alignment film formed by the method for producing a liquid crystal alignment crucible. The method for producing the liquid crystal alignment film includes: (1) Step of coating a liquid crystal alignment agent on a transparent film and forming a coating film -17-1 a step of irradiating the coating film with radiation to cure the coating film; 2 irradiating the coating film after the curing with radiation, and imparting liquid crystal alignment ability to form a liquid crystal alignment a step of applying a polymerizable liquid crystal to at least a part of the liquid crystal alignment film; and a step of curing the polymerizable liquid crystal; and the method for producing the liquid crystal alignment film further includes the step (4) and the step (4) 5) Thereby, a retardation film can be produced. Step (丨) to step (3) and the method for producing the above liquid crystal alignment film The detailed description will be omitted. Hereinafter, the step (4) and the step (5) will be described in detail. [Step (4)] This step is to apply a polymerizable liquid crystal to at least a part of the liquid crystal alignment film formed. The method of the liquid crystal is, for example, a suitable coating method such as a roll coating method, a spin coating method, a printing method, or a spray coating method. The polymerizable liquid crystal is a compound which is polymerized by heating and/or irradiation. Further, it is particularly limited. For example, it may be a UV-curable rubber liquid crystal and its application (refer to liquid crystal, vol. 3, pp., 1999, pp. 34-42). It may also be a mixture with a plurality of compounds. Further, a known photopolymerization initiator or thermal polymerization initiator may be contained. These polymerizable liquid crystal compounds or a mixture thereof can be used by dissolving in a suitable solvent. Further, by adding a chiral agent or the like, it is possible to use a twisted nematic liquid crystal which is twisted in the vertical direction on the substrate, and it is also possible to use a cholesterol liquid crystal or a dish liquid crystal. [Step (5)] In the step, the solvent contained in the polymerizable liquid crystal is dried by heating and/or irradiation of non-polarized radiation or the like to cure the polymerizable liquid crystal. Further, the polymerization step may be carried out under air or in an inert gas atmosphere such as nitrogen to select an appropriate condition depending on the polyvalent group and the initiator of the polymerizable liquid crystal to be used. The film thus obtained is capable of curing the polymerizable liquid crystal in a predetermined alignment state, and can be used as a phase difference. -18·201235751 A temperature at which a good alignment is obtained as a temperature at the time of heating the polymerizable liquid crystal. In the case of using the polymerizable liquid crystal RMS03-013C manufactured by Merck, it is selected in the range of 4 to 8 (TC). Examples of the radiation when the radiation is irradiated include, for example, non-polarized ultraviolet rays. The irradiation amount is preferably l, 〇〇〇J/m2~l〇〇, 〇〇〇j/m2, 10> 〇〇〇J/m2~5〇5〇〇〇J/m2〇 film thickness of the polymerizable liquid crystal Selecting a film thickness that can obtain the optical property of the user. When the ι/2 wavelength plate of visible light having a wavelength of 540 nm is produced, the phase difference of the phase difference film formed is selected to be a film thickness of 24 〇 nm to 3 〇〇 nm. In the case of an i/4 wavelength plate, a film thickness having a phase difference of i2 〇 nm to i5 〇 nm is selected. The film thickness at which the target phase difference is obtained varies depending on the optical properties of the polymerizable liquid crystal to be used. For example, using Merck In the case of a polymerizable liquid crystal (RMS03-013C), the film thickness for producing a quarter-wave plate is selected from the range of 0.6 μm to 1.5 μm, and the liquid crystal alignment film having a region containing different directions of liquid crystal alignment is selected. Phase difference film and method of producing the same> The present invention also includes a phase having a liquid crystal alignment film In the film, the retardation film includes a region in which the directions of liquid crystal alignment are different. The retardation film can be suitably used for 3D image use, etc. The above step (3) of the method for producing a retardation film has the following steps: (3-1) a step of irradiating the first radiation on a part or all of the cured coating film; and (3-2) irradiating a portion having a different incident direction or a polarization direction from the first radiation on a part of the cured coating Step 2 of the second radiation - 201235751 In addition, as another method of manufacturing a retardation film having a liquid crystal alignment film including a liquid crystal alignment capability, the above step (3-2) is (3-2') at least hardening. a step of irradiating the second radiation on the portion where the subsequent coating film is not irradiated by the first enemy. As the second incident direction or the #direction in the steps (3-2) and (3 _2'), as long as it is Step (3-1) or (3-1,) irradiating the radioactive beer; the first incident direction or the polarizing direction of the night direction capability is different, and is not particularly limited. It is preferably 70° to 1 10°, more preferably 85. ~95., the best for. As in The means for irradiating the radiation in the incident direction may be a method of irradiating the radiation. The photomask is preferably formed in a rectangular shape in such a manner that the portion and the light-shielding portion are alternately arranged. <Liquid alignment agent> For use in the present invention The liquid crystal alignment agent of the manufacturing method is characterized by [A] photoalignment polyorgano-oxygen and [B] photo-curing catalyst. The liquid crystal alignment agent contains [A] photo-aligned polyorganosiloxane, due to sensitivity The light alignment, therefore, can reduce the light irradiation necessary for the alignment. In addition, since the main chain adopts polyorganosiloxane, the liquid crystal alignment film formed of the liquid crystal agent is excellent in film hardness and adhesion, and the film has Excellent thermal stability. Further, the liquid crystal alignment agent [B] photocuring catalyst can be cured by radiation such as the liquid crystal alignment film light wavelength as described above, and the heat treatment in the coating film formation step is low. The short-time conditions can produce a liquid crystal alignment film at low cost and high productivity. The liquid crystal alignment agent preferably contains [C] other polymer, and may also contain other optional components without impairing the effects of the present invention. The area escapes the line of light, the crystal side, the other crystals, the other 9〇° mask, the light transmission, and the use of the Southminometer. The alignment thin contains a sensory effect, as long as the following -20- 201235751 [A] photo-aligned polyorganosiloxane, [B] photo-curing catalyst, [c] /, other compounds and other optional components are detailed Description. <[△] Photoalignment Polyorganooxane> [A] Photoalignment Polyorganosiloxane is a fraction from at least one of a polyorganosiloxane, a hydrolyzate thereof and a hydrolyzate thereof as a main chain In the above-mentioned alignment group, in the sensitivity of light alignment, the liquid crystal alignment property is excellent. In addition, the main chain is excellent in the degree of alignment and adhesion of the liquid crystal, and the phase difference is as a photo-alignment group, and a group of various compounds can be cited, and the azobenzene-containing substance having a basic skeleton can be cited as a basic skeleton. An anthracene-containing derivative having a cinnamium-containing sinusoidal organism as a basic skeleton as a basic skeleton or a derivative thereof as a basic skeleton, or a derivative thereof, is preferably a photo-alignment group. A group containing cinnamic acid or a cinnamic acid structure. a group having a cinnamic acid structure, a derivative thereof as a basic skeleton, and a light-introducing group selected from the group consisting of a stretched biphenyl group, a stretched biphenyl group or an excipient of the above specific cinnamic acid derivative . By the luminosity being good, low light irradiation can be achieved. The film hard film of the liquid crystal alignment film formed using the polyorganosiloxane is excellent in thermal stability. A group derived from, for example, an azobenzene or a derivative thereof, a structure containing cinnamic acid or a derived acid thereof, a ketone or a thiol group, a benzophenone or a benzophenone, is used. a group, a coumarin-containing coumarin-containing group, a polyfluorene-containing polyfluorene-containing amine structure, and the like. The structure having a high alignment ability and a introduced derivative as a basic skeleton is preferably a cinnamic acid or a particularly limited one. Further, R1 is a phenyl group or a hexyl group. The phenyl group is a part of a hydrogen atom of a biphenyl group or a cyclohexylene group, or an alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 1 fluorene, and a carbon atom having a fluorine atom. 〜10 alkoxy, fluorine or cyano substituted. R2 is a single bond, an alkanediyl group having a number of 1 to 3, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, -CH=CH-, -COO- or -OCO-. a is an integer from 0 to 3. Among them, when a shoulder, a plurality of R1 and R2 may be the same or different. R3 ;! Sub or cyano. b is an integer from 0 to 4. The compound represented by the above formula (1) may, for example, be a compound represented by "7. The number of atoms can be atomic -NH-2 to fluorine. -22- 201235751
(1-4) (1-5) (1-6)(1-4) (1-5) (1-6)
(1.19) (1 - 20) 此等之中,作為R1較佳為未取代的伸苯基或被氟原 子或碳原子數為1〜3的烷基取代的伸苯基。R2較佳為單 -23- 201235751 鍵、氧原子或-CH2 = CH2-。b較佳為0〜1。a為1〜3時,b 特佳為0。 上述式(2)中,R4是伸苯基或伸環己基。該伸苯基或 伸環己基的氫原子的一部分或全部可以被碳原子數為 1〜1 0的鏈狀或環狀的烷基、碳原子數為1〜1 0的鏈狀或 環狀的烷氧基、氟原子或氰基取代。R5是單鍵、碳原子 數為1〜3的鏈烷二基、氧原子、硫原子或-NH-。c是1〜3 的整數。其中,在c為2以上時,多個R4和R5可以相 同,也可以不同。R6是氟1原子或氰基。d是0〜4整數。 R7是氧原子、-C00-或-0C0-。R8是2價的芳香族基團 、2價的脂環式基團、2價的雜環基或2價的稠環基。R9 是單鍵、-OCO-(CH2)f-* 或-0(CH2)g-*,其中,帶「*」的 連接鍵和叛基連接。f和g各自是1〜1 〇的整數。e是0〜3 的整數。其中,在e為2以上時,R7和R8各自可以相同 ,也可以不同。 作為上述式(2)所示的化合物,能列舉出例如下述式 (2-1)〜(2-2)所示的化合物,(1.19) (1 - 20) Among these, R1 is preferably an unsubstituted phenyl group or a phenyl group substituted by a fluorine atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. R2 is preferably a single -23-201235751 bond, an oxygen atom or -CH2 = CH2-. b is preferably 0 to 1. When a is 1 to 3, b is particularly preferably 0. In the above formula (2), R4 is a phenylene group or a cyclohexyl group. A part or all of the hydrogen atom of the phenylene group or the cyclohexyl group may be a chain or a cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a chain or a ring having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. Alkoxy, fluorine or cyano substituted. R5 is a single bond, an alkanediyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or -NH-. c is an integer from 1 to 3. However, when c is 2 or more, a plurality of R4 and R5 may be the same or different. R6 is a fluorine atom or a cyano group. d is an integer from 0 to 4. R7 is an oxygen atom, -C00- or -0C0-. R8 is a divalent aromatic group, a divalent alicyclic group, a divalent heterocyclic group or a divalent fused ring group. R9 is a single bond, -OCO-(CH2)f-* or -0(CH2)g-*, where the connection key with "*" is connected to the rebel base. f and g are each an integer of 1 to 1 〇. e is an integer from 0 to 3. However, when e is 2 or more, R7 and R8 may be the same or different. Examples of the compound represented by the above formula (2) include compounds represented by the following formulas (2-1) to (2-2).
CO —CH —CHCO —CH —CH
0C0-(-CH2^-C00H (2-2) (式中,Q是碳原子數為1〜1 〇的鏈狀或環狀的烷基 、碳原子數為1〜1 〇的鏈狀或環狀的烷氧基、氟原子或氰 基。f和式(2)中的定義相同)。 -24- 201235751 苯 反 取 應 從 成 夠 有 白 的 配 出 基 佳 的 成 氧 合 氧 對特定桂皮酸衍生物的合成步驟沒有特別的限定 ^組合現有公知的方法進行。作為代表性的合成步驟 ,列舉出例如⑴在鹼性條件下,使具有鹵原子取代的 5衣骨架的化合物與丙烯酸在過渡金屬催化劑的存在下 應得到特定桂皮酸衍生物的方法;(i i)在鹼性條件下 使苯環的氫原子被鹵原子取代的桂皮酸與具有_原子 代的苯環骨架的化合物在過渡金屬催化劑的存在下反 ’形成特定桂皮酸衍生物的方法等。 在[A]光配向性聚有機矽氧烷中作為主鏈含有的 來自聚有機矽氧烷、其水解物及其水解物的縮合物構 的群組中選出的至少一種的部分,只要是具有來自能 在其自身引入上述光配向性基團的結構的部分,就沒 特別的限定。[A]光配向性聚有機矽氧烷包含這種從來 聚有機矽氧烷、其水解物、其水解物的縮合物所構成 群組中選出的至少一種的部分,與來自顯示出上述光 向性的化合物的基團。 " 作為能夠引入上述光配向性基團的結構,能列舉 例如羥基、環氧基、胺基、冑基、騎基、酯基、醯: 等L此等之中,如果考慮導入和製備的容易性,則較 光配向性聚有機矽氧炫’較佳為由具有環 聚有機矽氧烷、其水解產物及其水解物的縮合2 的群組中選出的至少一種(以下,有時也稱作「具 基的聚有機矽氧烷」),與上述式(1)和/或(2)所^ 物的反應產物。在該液晶配向劑中,藉由利用具 -25 - .201235751 基的聚有機彻和特定桂皮酸衍生 在作為主鏈的聚有機石夕氧烧中能約容易導二 配向性的特定桂皮酸衍生物的基團。 來 #上述具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷 氧烷上導入環氧基作為側 疋 上述1^ A a 就/又有特別的限 上H裱氧基的聚有機矽氧 ⑺所示的結構翠元的聚有機伽、其= 物的縮合物所構成的群"選出的至少 「X1 1 m0C0-(-CH2^-C00H (2-2) (wherein Q is a chain or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 1 carbon atom, or a chain or ring having 1 to 1 carbon atom; Alkoxy group, fluorine atom or cyano group. f is the same as defined in formula (2). -24- 201235751 Benzene is taken from a sufficient white to form a good oxygen to a specific cinnamic acid The synthesis step of the derivative is not particularly limited, and is carried out by a combination of a conventionally known method. As a representative synthesis step, for example, (1) a compound having a halogen-substituted five-coating skeleton and an acrylic acid in a transition metal under basic conditions are listed. a method for obtaining a specific cinnamic acid derivative in the presence of a catalyst; (ii) a cassia acid in which a hydrogen atom of a benzene ring is substituted with a halogen atom under basic conditions, and a compound having a benzene ring skeleton having an atomic group in a transition metal catalyst a method of forming a specific cinnamic acid derivative, etc. in the presence of a cinnamate derived from a polyorganosiloxane, a hydrolyzate thereof, and a hydrolyzate thereof as a main chain in [A] a photo-aligned polyorganosiloxane. At least one selected from the group There is no particular limitation as long as it has a structure derived from a structure capable of introducing the above-mentioned photo-alignment group itself. [A] Photo-aligned polyorganosiloxane contains such an organic polyoxane, and its hydrolysis At least one selected from the group consisting of a condensate of a substance and a hydrolyzate thereof, and a group derived from a compound exhibiting the above phototropism. " As a structure capable of introducing the photo-alignment group, it can be enumerated For example, among the hydroxyl group, the epoxy group, the amine group, the fluorenyl group, the cyclyl group, the ester group, the fluorene group, etc., if the ease of introduction and preparation is considered, the light-aligned polyorganosiloxane is preferable. At least one selected from the group consisting of a condensation poly 2 of a cyclopolyorganosiloxane, a hydrolyzate thereof, and a hydrolyzate thereof (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as "based polyorganosiloxane"), a reaction product of the formula (1) and/or (2). In the liquid crystal alignment agent, a polyorganic compound as a main chain is derived by using a polyorgano- and a specific cinnamic acid having a -25 - .201235751 group. In the case of Shixi oxygen burning, it is easy to guide the two alignment a group of a cinnamic acid derivative. The above-mentioned epoxy group-containing polyorganomethoxy alkoxy oxane is introduced into the epoxy group as a side oxime, and the above-mentioned 1 A A a is further limited to H methoxy group. a group consisting of a polyorgano oxime represented by a polyorgano oxime (7) and a condensate of a sulphide of at least "X1 1 m
Si—Ο Ι Y1 i其(式(3)中,χΙ是具有環氧基的1價有機! 碳原子數為1〜10的貌氧基、碳原子數 烷基或碳原子數為6〜20的芳基)。 另外’具有上述式⑺所:的結構單元的, 烧的水解縮合物不僅是竽 入 :’:且還包含在由上述式(3)所示的結構單$ 口而生成聚有機石夕氧燒的過程 聯等得到的聚有機妙氧院且 鏈纪 孔也具有上述式所 兀的情形的水解縮合物的概念。 ,、 述式(3)中的χΐ只要是具有環氧基 圍,就沒有特別的限定,能列舉出例如包含% 、縮水甘油氧基、環氧 、' ^ ,+. , ,γ1 氧衣己基的基團等。作為 下述式(X _1)或(χ^)所表示 > 反應性, 自具有光 聚有機矽 定。作為 穿下述式 及其水解 (3) 。Υ1是 1〜20的 機石夕氧 解縮合 水解縮 枝或交 結構單 有機基 甘油基 較佳為 -26- 201235751Si—Ο Ι Y1 i (In the formula (3), fluorene is a monovalent organic having an epoxy group; an oxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms; an alkyl group having a carbon number or a carbon number of 6 to 20; Aryl). Further, in the structural unit having the above formula (7), the calcined hydrolyzed condensate is not only intrusive: ': but also contains a structure of the structure represented by the above formula (3) to form a polyorganismite. The process of the polyorganisms and the chain pores obtained by the process of the same process also has the concept of a hydrolysis condensate in the case of the above formula. The oxime in the above formula (3) is not particularly limited as long as it has an epoxy group, and examples thereof include %, glycidyloxy group, epoxy group, '^, +., γ1 oxyhexanyl group. The group and so on. The reactivity represented by the following formula (X _1) or (χ^) has a photopolymerization. As follows, the following formula and its hydrolysis (3). Υ1 is a 1 to 20 cerium oxygen condensation condensation hydrolytic shrinkage or cross-linking monoorganic glyceryl group is preferably -26- 201235751
(Χ1-2) (式(X ^1)中,Α是氧原子或單鍵。h是1~3的整數 。i是0〜6的整數。其中,在i為0時,Α是單鍵。 式(X]-2)中,j是1〜6的整數。 式(X^l)和(X、2)中,「*」分別表示連接鍵)。 此外,上述式(X1-:!)和(X^2)所示的環氧基中,較佳 為下述式(X^l-l)或式(X1-〕-:!)所示的基團,(Χ1-2) (In the formula (X^1), Α is an oxygen atom or a single bond. h is an integer of 1 to 3. i is an integer of 0 to 6. Among them, when i is 0, Α is a single bond In the formula (X)-2), j is an integer of 1 to 6. In the formulas (X^l) and (X, 2), "*" represents a linkage key). Further, among the epoxy groups represented by the above formulae (X1-:!) and (X^2), a group represented by the following formula (X^11) or formula (X1-]-:!) is preferred. ,
(式(X^l-l)或式(X1-〗-:!)中,「*」表示連接鍵)。 上述式(3)中的Y1中,作為碳原子數為1〜10的烷氧 基,能列舉出例如甲氧基、乙氧基等; 作為碳原子數為1〜20的烷基,能列舉出例如曱基、 乙基、正丙基、正丁基、正戊基、正己基、正庚基、正 辛基' 正壬基、正癸基、正十二烧基、正十三烧基、正 十四烧基、正十五烧基、正十六烧基、正十七烧基、正 十八院基、正十九烧基、正二十烧基等; -27- 作為碳原子數為6〜20的芳基,能列舉出 201235751 具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷的藉由凝勝 (GPC)測定的聚苯乙烯換算的重量平均分子 為500〜1〇0,000,更佳為1〇〇〇〜1〇〇〇〇,特 5,000 〇 另外,本說明書中的Mw是藉由下述方 定的聚苯乙烯換算的值。 管柱·束曹公司製造,TSKgelGRCXUl 溶劑:四氫呋喃 溫度:40°C 壓力:6.8MPa 〇物、或者具有環氧基的矽 的混合物’較佳為能在適當 存在下,藉由水解或水解、 述具有環氡基的矽烷化合物 醚氧基兩基三曱氧基矽烷、 氧基矽烷、3'缩水甘油醚氧 縮水甘油醚氧基丙基曱基 醚氧基丙基二甲基甲氧基: 二甲基乙氧基矽烷、2-(34 , 烧、Μ,4·環氧環己基)乙基 例如苯基等 滲透色譜法 量(M w)較佳 佳為 1,000〜 式的GPC測 這種具 基的矽烷化 石夕烧化合物 和催化劑的 作為上 3 -縮水甘油 基丙基三乙 氧基石夕烧、 3 -縮水甘油 醚氧基丙基 三曱氧基矽 將具有環氧 合物和其他 機溶劑、水 合成。 列舉出例如 水甘油醚氧 基曱基二曱 氧基矽烷、 3 -縮水甘油 環己基)乙基 氧基矽烷等 -28- 201235751 作為上述其他矽烷化合物,能列舉出例如四氯代石夕 烧四甲氧基矽烷、四乙氧基矽烷、四正丙氧基矽燒、 四異丙氧基矽烷、四正丁氧基矽烷、四第二丁氧基矽烷 、二氯石夕院、三曱氧基矽烷、三乙氧基矽烷、三正丙氧 基石夕烧、二異丙氧基矽烷、三正丁氧基石夕烷、三第二丁 氧基石夕烧、氟三氯矽烷、氟三甲氧基矽烷、氟三乙氣基 石夕烧、氟三正丙氧基矽烷、氟三異丙氧基矽烷、氟三正 丁氧基石夕烧、氟三第二丁氧基矽烷、曱基三氣矽烷、甲 基三曱氧基矽烷、甲基三乙氧基矽烷、曱基三正丙氧基 石夕烧、甲基三異丙氧基矽烷、曱基三正丁氧基矽烷、甲 基三第二丁氧基矽烷、2-(三氟曱基)乙基三氣代矽烷、2_( 三氟曱基)乙基三曱氧基矽烷、2-(三氟曱基)乙基三乙氧 基石夕统、2-(三氟曱基)乙基三正丙氧基石夕烧、2-(三氟甲 基)乙基三異丙氧基矽烧、2-(三氟曱基)乙基三正丁氧基 石夕烷、2-(三氟曱基)乙基三第二丁氧基矽烷、2_(全氣^正 己基)乙基三氣矽烷、2-(全氟正己基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷 、2-(全氟正己基)乙基三乙氧基矽烷、2_(全氟正己基)乙 基二正丙氧基石夕烧、2-(全氣正己基)乙基三異丙氧基石夕烧 、2-(全氟正己基)乙基三正丁氧基矽烷、2-(全氟正己基) 乙基三第二丁氧基矽烷、2-(全氟正辛基)乙基三氯矽烷、 2-(全氟正辛基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷、2-(全氟正辛基)乙基 三乙氧基矽烷、2-(全氟正辛基)乙基三正丙氧基矽烷、2-( 全氟正辛基)乙基三異丙氧基矽烷、2-(全氟正辛基)乙基 三正丁氧基矽烷、2-(全氟正辛基)乙基三第二丁氧基矽烷 '羥基甲基三氯矽烷、羥基甲基三甲氧基矽烷、羥基乙 -29- 201235751 基三甲氧基石夕p =a « 凡、羥基甲基二正丙氧基矽烷、羥基甲基 一丁 =夕烷、羥基甲基三正丁氧基矽⑨、羥基甲基 —基矽烷、3-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙基三氣矽烷、 4其:其丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-(甲基)丙烯醯 β : 土 —乙氧基矽烷、3_(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙基三正丙 ::矽烷、3·(:甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙基三異丙氧基矽烷、3-( :)丙氧基丙基三正丁氧基矽烷、3·(曱基)丙烯醯 氧J丙基:第二丁氧基石夕烧、3_疏基丙基三氯石夕烧、% 锍土丙基:甲氧基矽烷、3巯基丙基三乙氧基矽烷' 3_ 疏基丙基三正丙氧基石夕炫、3,基丙基三異丙氧基石夕烧 、3-疏基丙基=|1;丁氧:^2;办(^ 土一正丁乳基矽烷、3-巯基丙基三第二丁氧 基夕烧k基曱基二甲氧基石夕烧、魏基甲基三乙氧基石夕 烷:乙烯基三氣矽烷、乙烯基三甲氧基石夕烷、乙稀基三 乙乳基錢、乙烯基三正丙氧基錢、乙烯基三異丙氧 基石夕烧、乙烯基三正丁氧基錢、乙稀基三第二丁氧基 矽烷、烯丙基三氯矽烷、烯丙基三甲氧基矽烷、烯丙基 三乙氧基矽烷、烯丙基三正丙氧基矽烷、烯丙基三異丙 氧基矽烷、烯丙基三正丁氧基矽烷、烯丙基三第二丁氧 基石夕烷、苯基三氯石夕烷、苯基三甲氧基石夕烷、苯基三乙 氧基石夕院、苯基三正丙氧基石夕院、苯基三異丙氧基石夕烧 、苯基三正丁氧基矽烷、苯基三第二丁氧基矽烷、甲基 二氯石夕烧、甲基二甲氧基#、甲基二乙氧基錢、甲 基二正丙氧基矽烷、曱基二異丙氣基矽烷、曱基二正丁 氡基石夕烧、曱基二第二丁氧基石夕烷、二甲基二氯石夕烷、 二甲基二曱氧基矽烷、二曱基二乙氧基矽烷、二曱基二 -30- .201235751 正丙氧基石夕烧、二甲基二異丙氧基石夕烧、二曱基二正丁 氧基矽烷、二甲基二第二丁氧基矽烷、(甲基)[2_(全氟正 辛基)乙基]二氣矽烷、(曱基)[2-(全氟正辛基)乙基]二甲 氧基矽烷、(曱基)[2-(全氟正辛基)乙基]二乙氧基矽烷、( 乙烯基 乙歸基 甲基)[2-(全氣正辛基)乙基]二正丙氧基石夕烧、(曱基)[2_( 王氟正辛基)乙基]二異丙氧基石夕烧、(曱基)[2_(全敗正辛 基)乙基]二正丁氧基矽烷、(甲基)[2_(全氟正辛基)乙基] 二第二丁氧基矽烷、(曱基)(3·巯基丙基)二氣矽烷、(甲 基)(3-巯基丙基)二曱氧基矽烷、(曱基)(3_巯基丙基)二乙 氧基石夕烧、(曱基)(3 -疏基丙基)二正丙氧基石夕烧、(甲基 )(3-巯基丙基)二異丙氧基矽烷、(甲基)(3_巯基丙基)二正 丁氧基矽烷、(甲基)(3-巯基丙基)二第二丁氧基矽烷、( 曱基)(乙烯基)二氯矽烷、(曱基)(乙烯基)二曱氧基矽烷、 (曱基)(乙烯基)二乙氧基矽烷、(曱基)(乙烯基)二正丙氧 基矽烷、(甲基)(乙烯基)二異丙氧基矽烷、(曱基乙烯基 )二正丁氧基矽烷、(甲基)(乙烯基)二第二丁氧基矽烷、 二乙烯基二氯矽烷、二乙烯基二曱氧基矽烷、二乙烯基 二乙氧基矽烷、二乙烯基二正丙氧基矽烷、 異丙氧基矽烷、二乙烯基二正丁氧基矽烷、 一本暴二甲氧基矽 烷、二苯基二乙氧基矽烷、二苯基二正丙氧基矽烷、二 苯基二異丙氧基矽烷、二苯基二正丁氧基矽 —— _ _ —本 I 一弟二丁氧基矽烷、氯二曱基矽烷、曱氧基二甲基矽烧 、乙氧基二甲基矽烷、氣三曱基矽烷、溴三甲基矽烷、 碘三曱基矽烷、曱氧基三甲基矽烷、乙氧基三曱基石^烧 第二丁氧基矽烧、二苯基二氣矽烷、二笨某 -31- 201235751 、正丙氧基三曱基矽烷、異丙氧基三甲基矽烷、正丁氧 基三曱基石夕烧、第二丁氧基三曱基石夕烧、第三丁氧基三 曱基石夕烧、(氣基)(乙烯基)二甲基石夕烧、(曱氧基)(乙稀基 )二甲基矽烷、(乙氧基)(乙烯基)二甲基矽烷、(氣基)(曱 基)二苯基矽烷、(曱氧基)(甲基)二苯基矽烷、(乙氧基)( 甲基)二苯基石夕烧等具有1個石夕原子的石夕烧化合物等。 用商品名表示,能列舉出例如: KC-8 9、KC-89S、Χ-21-3 153、X-21-5 84 卜 X-21-5 842 、X-21-5843 、 X-21-5844 、 X-21-5845 、 X-21-5846 、 X-21-5847 ' X-21-5848 ' X-22-160AS ' X-22-170B ' X-22-1 70BX、X-22-170D、X-22-170DX、X-22-176B、 X-22-176D、X-22-176DX、X-22-176F、X-40-2308、 X-40-2651 、 X-40-2655A 、 X-40-2671 、 X-40-2672 、 X-40-9220、X-40-9225、X-40-9227、X-40-9246、X-40-9247 、X-40-9250 、 X-40-9323 、 X-41-1053 、 X-41-1056 、 X-41-1805'X-41-1810'KF6001'KF6002'KF6003' KR212 、KR-213、KR-217、KR220L、KR242A、KR271、KR282 、KR300、KR311、KR401N、KR500、KR510、KR5206 、KR523 0、KR523 5、KR9218、KR9706(以上,信越化學 工業公司);(In the formula (X^l-l) or the formula (X1-〗-:!), "*" indicates a connection key). In the above-mentioned formula (3), the alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms may, for example, be a methoxy group or an ethoxy group; and the alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms may be enumerated. For example, fluorenyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, n-pentyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl-n-decyl, n-decyl, n-dodecyl, n-tridecyl , the fourteen-burning base, the fifteen-burning base, the positive sixteen base, the positive seventeen base, the eighteenth base, the nineteen base, the twenty-burning base, etc.; -27- as a carbon atom The aryl group having a number of 6 to 20, which can be exemplified by the polystyrene oxide having an epoxy group of 201235751, has a polystyrene-equivalent weight average molecular weight of 500 to 1 〇 0,000 as measured by GPC. It is 1 〇〇〇 to 1 〇〇〇〇, and is 5,000 〇. In addition, Mw in this specification is a polystyrene-converted value by the following. Tube column, manufactured by Shucao Co., Ltd., TSKgelGRCXUl Solvent: tetrahydrofuran temperature: 40 ° C pressure: 6.8 MPa The mixture of hydrazine or hydrazine having an epoxy group is preferably capable of being hydrolyzed or hydrolyzed in the presence of a suitable a decane compound having a cyclodecyl group, an etheroxy group, a bis-methoxy decane, an oxy decane, a 3' glycidyl ether, an oxyglycidyloxypropyl propyl ethoxy propyl oxy dimethyl methoxy group: The amount of permeation chromatography (M w ) such as methyl ethoxy decane, 2-(34, pyrene, hydrazine, 4 epoxycyclohexyl)ethyl such as phenyl is preferably 1,000 Å GPC. The above-mentioned decane-based fossil-burning compound and catalyst as an upper 3-glycidylpropyltriethoxy zeoxime, 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxy oxime will have an epoxy compound and other Machine solvent, water synthesis. For example, 280-201235751, such as glycidyloxy fluorenyl decyloxy decane, 3-glycidylcyclohexyl)ethyloxy decane, etc., as the above other decane compound, for example, tetrachlorosteel Methoxy decane, tetraethoxy decane, tetra-n-propoxy oxime, tetraisopropoxy decane, tetra-n-butoxy decane, tetra-butoxy decane, dichlorite, trioxane Base decane, triethoxy decane, tri-n-propoxy oxalate, diisopropoxy decane, tri-n-butoxy oxa sulphate, tri-second-butoxy sulphate, fluorotrichloro decane, fluorotrimethoxy矽 、, fluorotriethylene ketone, fluorotri-n-propoxy decane, fluorotriisopropoxy decane, fluorotri-n-butoxy oxan, fluorotri-tert-butoxy decane, decyl trioxane, Methyl trimethoxy decane, methyl triethoxy decane, decyl tri-n-propoxy oxalate, methyl triisopropoxy decane, decyl tri-n-butoxy decane, methyl tri-second Oxydecane, 2-(trifluoromethyl)ethyltrioxane, 2-(trifluoromethyl)ethyltrimethoxy decane, 2-(three Ethyl triethoxy oxalate, 2-(trifluoromethyl)ethyl tri-n-propoxy oxalate, 2-(trifluoromethyl)ethyl triisopropoxy oxime, 2- (Trifluorodecyl)ethyltri-n-butoxy-oxane, 2-(trifluoromethyl)ethyltri-t-butoxydecane, 2-(all gas-n-hexyl)ethyltrioxane, 2- (Perfluoro-n-hexyl)ethyltrimethoxydecane, 2-(perfluoro-n-hexyl)ethyltriethoxydecane, 2-(perfluoro-n-hexyl)ethyldi-n-propoxylate, 2-(all) Gas n-hexyl) ethyl triisopropoxy zebra, 2-(perfluoro-n-hexyl)ethyltri-n-butoxy decane, 2-(perfluoro-n-hexyl)ethyltri-t-butoxy decane, 2 -(perfluoro-n-octyl)ethyltrichlorodecane, 2-(perfluoro-n-octyl)ethyltrimethoxydecane, 2-(perfluoro-n-octyl)ethyltriethoxydecane, 2-( Perfluoro-n-octyl)ethyltri-n-propoxydecane, 2-(perfluoro-n-octyl)ethyltriisopropoxydecane, 2-(perfluoro-n-octyl)ethyltri-n-butoxydecane , 2-(perfluoro-n-octyl)ethyltri-t-butoxydecane'-hydroxymethyltrichloromethane, hydroxymethyltrimethoxy矽, 乙乙-29- 201235751 三三methoxy石 夕 p = a « 凡, hydroxymethyl di-n-propoxy decane, hydroxymethyl butyl hexane, hydroxymethyl tri-n-butoxy ruthenium 9, hydroxyl Methyl-based decane, 3-(meth) propylene methoxy propyl trioxane, 4: propylene methoxy propyl trimethoxy decane, 3-(methyl) propylene 醯 β : soil - B Oxydecane, 3-(meth)acryloxypropyltri-n-propyl::decane, 3·(:methyl)propenyloxypropyltriisopropoxydecane, 3-(:)propoxy Propyl tri-n-butoxy decane, 3 · (fluorenyl) propylene oxime J propyl: second butoxy oxysulfan, 3 - benzyl propyl trichlorite, % propyl propyl: methoxy矽 矽, 3巯 propyl propyl triethoxy decane ' 3 _ benzyl propyl tri-n-propoxy oxa sulphate, 3, propyl propyl triisopropoxy sulphate, 3- syl propyl = 1; Oxygen: ^2; Office (^ soil-n-butyl decyl decane, 3-mercaptopropyl three second butoxy oxan k-mercapto-dimethoxy oxalate, Wei-methyl methyl triethoxy oxalate: ethylene Trioxane, vinyl trimethoxy oxalate, ethylene tris Ethyl lactate, vinyl tri-n-propoxy alcohol, vinyl triisopropoxy sulphur, vinyl tri-n-butoxy alcohol, ethylene tris, second butoxy decane, allyl trichloro decane , allyl trimethoxy decane, allyl triethoxy decane, allyl tri-n-propoxy decane, allyl triisopropoxy decane, allyl tri-n-butoxy decane, allyl Base three second butoxy alkane, phenyl trichloromethane, phenyl trimethoxy oxalate, phenyl triethoxy shi xiyuan, phenyl tri-n-propoxy zexi, phenyl triisopropyl Oxime, phenyl tri-n-butoxy decane, phenyl tri-n-butoxy decane, methyl dichlorite, methyl dimethoxy #, methyl diethoxy money, methyl Di-n-propoxy decane, decyl diisopropyl decyl decyl, decyl di-n-butyl decyl sulphate, fluorenyl di-n-butoxy oxa sulphate, dimethyl dichloro sulphate, dimethyl dimethyl曱 methoxy decane, dimercapto diethoxy decane, dimercapto bis- 30-.201235751 n-propoxy oxalate, dimethyl diisopropoxy zebra, dimercapto di-n-butoxy decane Dimethyldi-2-butoxydecane, (methyl)[2_(perfluoro-n-octyl)ethyl]dioxane, (indenyl)[2-(perfluoro-n-octyl)ethyl]dimethyl Oxydecane, (indenyl) [2-(perfluoro-n-octyl)ethyl]diethoxydecane, (vinyl ethyl carbylmethyl) [2-(all-gas n-octyl)ethyl] N-propoxy oxalate, (fluorenyl) [2_(Wang-fluoro-n-octyl)ethyl]diisopropoxy zebra, (mercapto)[2_(completely-n-octyl)ethyl]di-n-butoxy Baseline, (methyl)[2_(perfluoro-n-octyl)ethyl]di-butoxybutane, (indenyl)(3·mercaptopropyl)dioxane, (methyl)(3-indenyl) Propyl) decyloxydecane, (fluorenyl) (3-mercaptopropyl) diethoxy sulphur, (indenyl) (3-disyl propyl) di-n-propoxy oxalate, (methyl (3-mercaptopropyl)diisopropoxydecane, (methyl)(3-mercaptopropyl)di-n-butoxydecane, (methyl)(3-mercaptopropyl)di-butoxy Decane, (fluorenyl) (vinyl) dichlorodecane, (fluorenyl) (vinyl) dimethoxy decane, (fluorenyl) (vinyl)diethoxydecane, (fluorenyl)(vinyl)di-n-propoxydecane, (methyl)(vinyl)diisopropoxydecane, (mercaptovinyl)di-n-butyl Oxydecane, (meth) (vinyl) di-butoxy decane, divinyl dichloro decane, divinyl dimethoxy decane, divinyl diethoxy decane, divinyl di-n-butyl Propoxy decane, isopropoxy decane, divinyl di-n-butoxy decane, a dimethyl dimethoxy decane, diphenyl diethoxy decane, diphenyl di-n-propoxy decane, two Phenyldiisopropoxy decane, diphenyldi-n-butoxy fluorene- _ _ - I I di-butoxy decane, chlorodidecyl decane, decyloxy dimethyl oxime, ethoxy Dimethyl decane, gas tridecyl decane, bromotrimethyl decane, iodonium tridecyl decane, decyloxytrimethyl decane, ethoxylated trimethyl sulphate, second butoxy oxime, diphenyl Dioxane, second stupid -31- 201235751, n-propoxy tridecyl decane, isopropoxy trimethyl decane, n-butoxy samaryl sulphate, first Butoxy sulphate, third butoxy sulphate, (gas) (vinyl) dimethyl sulphur, (decyloxy) (ethlyl) dimethyl decane, (Ethoxy)(vinyl)dimethyl decane, (air)(indenyl)diphenyldecane, (decyloxy)(methyl)diphenylnonane, (ethoxy)(methyl) A stone-ceramic compound having one stone atom or the like, such as diphenyl stone. The product name can be exemplified by, for example, KC-8 9, KC-89S, Χ-21-3 153, X-21-5 84, X-21-5 842, X-21-5843, X-21- 5844, X-21-5845, X-21-5846, X-21-5847 'X-21-5848 ' X-22-160AS ' X-22-170B ' X-22-1 70BX, X-22-170D , X-22-170DX, X-22-176B, X-22-176D, X-22-176DX, X-22-176F, X-40-2308, X-40-2651, X-40-2655A, X -40-2671, X-40-2672, X-40-9220, X-40-9225, X-40-9227, X-40-9246, X-40-9247, X-40-9250, X-40 -9323, X-41-1053, X-41-1056, X-41-1805'X-41-1810'KF6001'KF6002'KF6003' KR212, KR-213, KR-217, KR220L, KR242A, KR271, KR282 , KR300, KR311, KR401N, KR500, KR510, KR5206, KR523 0, KR523 5, KR9218, KR9706 (above, Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.);
Glass Resin(昭和電工公司); SH804、SH805、SH806A、SH840、SR2400、SR2402 、SR2405、SR2406、SR2410、SR2411、SR2416、SR2420( 以上,東麗· corning公司); FZ371 1、FZ3722(以上,日本 Unicar 公司); -32- 201235751 DMS-S12 'DMS-S15 'DMS-S21 'DMS-S27 OMS-S31 、DMS-S32、DMS-S33、DMS-S35、DMS-S38、DMS-S42 、DMS-S45、DMS-S51、DMS-227、PSD-0332、PDS-1615 、PDS-9931、XMS_5025(以上,CHISSO 公司);Glass Resin (Showa Denko); SH804, SH805, SH806A, SH840, SR2400, SR2402, SR2405, SR2406, SR2410, SR2411, SR2416, SR2420 (above, Toray Corning); FZ371 1, FZ3722 (above, Japan Unicar) Company); -32- 201235751 DMS-S12 'DMS-S15 'DMS-S21 'DMS-S27 OMS-S31, DMS-S32, DMS-S33, DMS-S35, DMS-S38, DMS-S42, DMS-S45, DMS-S51, DMS-227, PSD-0332, PDS-1615, PDS-9931, XMS_5025 (above, CHISSO);
Methyl silicate MS51、Methyl silicate MS56(以上, 三菱化學公司); ethyl silicate 28 'ethyl silicate 40、ethyl silicate 48( 以上,Colcoat公司); GR100、GR650、GR908、GR950(以上,昭和電工公 司)等部分縮合物。 這些其他矽烷化合物中’從所得的液晶配向膜的配 向性以及化學穩定性的觀點出發,較佳為四甲氧基矽烷 、四乙氧基矽烷、曱基三曱氧基矽烷、曱基三乙氧基矽 烷、3-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙基三曱氧基矽烷、3_(甲基)丙 婦醯氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烧、乙稀基三甲氧基石夕烧、乙 烯基二乙氧基石夕烧、嫦丙基三甲氧基石夕炫、烯丙基三乙 氧基石夕烧、苯基三曱氧基矽烷、苯基三乙氧基矽烷' 3_ 巯基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-疏基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、巯 基曱基三曱氧基矽烷、巯基甲基三乙氧基矽烷、二曱基 二甲氧基矽烷或二甲基二乙氧基矽烷。 本發明中使用的具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷為了導 入足夠量的具有光配向性的側鏈,而且為了使環氧基的導 入量不會過量,抑制副反應等,作為其環氧當量較佳為 100g/m〇l〜10,000g/mol,更佳為 因此在合成具有環氧基的聚有機石夕氧烧時,車交佳為設定 -33- 201235751 具有裱氣基的矽烷化合物和i & .蚀& 八他矽烷化合物的使用 為.使所得的聚有崎烧的環氡當量為上述範圍。 具體地,這種其他矽烷化合物相對於具有環氧 聚:機矽氧烷和其他矽烷化合物的總量,較佳為使 質里。/。〜50質量。/。,更佳為使用5質量%〜3〇質量^ 有機能在合成具有環氧基的聚有機石夕氧燒時使 厂]’能列舉出例如烴化合物、酮化合物、醋 物、麵i化合物、醇化合物等。 - 作為上述炫化合物,能列舉出例如甲笨、二甲 :作為上述酮,能列舉出例如甲基乙基酮、甲:显 Ί ί正戊基酮、二乙基酮、環、己酮等;作為上 ’此列舉出例如乙酸乙酿、乙酸正 ^ M U U文止』®曰、乙酸異戍 甲基…S旨、3·甲氧基丁基乙酸酿 '乳 :醇二作為上述醚’能列舉出例如乙二醇二甲基峻 〜乙基醚、四氫呋喃、二今烧等 列舉出例如己醇/為上迷醇 乙二醇时 ▼基_2_戊@子、〔二醇單曱遵 早乙基醚、乙二醇單正丙基醚、乙二 Μ、芯 ^ 崎早J£ —醇單甲基醚、丙二醇單乙基醚、 基醚耸 ,, ^ ^ ^ 。匕等之中,較佳為非水溶性的。這此 @ 傾 4、 、二✓合 ®| 或'思合兩種以上使用。 曰相對於1 00質量份全部的石夕烧化合物,有冲 用ΐ車交佳為丨0質量f、η ^ 〜1,。。。質曰:: 質量份’更佳為5” ' 負1伤。另外,作為製造具有環氧基的聚i =烷時水的用量。相對於全部矽烷化合物,較佳 L m〇l〜l00倍m〇1,更佳為i倍m〇i〜倍茁〇1。 比例 基的 用0 用的 化合 笨等 丁基 述酉旨 lg ' 酸乙 、乙 ,能 喊、 丁基 正丙 可以 劑的 量份 機石夕 ^ 0.5 -34- .201235751 作為上述 驗、欽化合物 作為上述 氫氧化鉀、甲 等。 作為上述 乙胺、二 一級〜二級胺; 三乙胺、 基胺基吼。定、 氫氧化四 ,考慮到穩定 基胺、三正丁 級胺;氫氧化 作為製造 較佳為鹼金屬 鹼作為催化劑 況下,以高的 ’所以生產穩 鹼金屬化合物 聚有機石夕氧烧 的有機半導體 所以合適。 其理由如 (1 9 9 5年)所指 催化劑,能使用例如鹼金屬化合物、有機 、錯化合物等。 鹼金屬化合物,能列舉出例如氫氧化鈉、 氧基鈉、曱氧基鉀、乙氧基鈉、乙氧基鉀 有機驗,能列舉出例如: 乙胺、旅啡、旅啶、。比n各啶、吡咯等有機 三正丙基胺、三正丁基胺、吡啶、4_二曱 二氮雜二環十一烯等有機三級胺; 曱基銨等有機四級銨鹽等。這些有機鹼中 進行反應的觀點,較佳為三乙胺、三正丙 基胺、。比啶、4-二曱基胺基吡啶等有機三 四甲基叙專有機四級錢鹽。 具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷時的催化劑, 化合物或有機鹼。藉由使用鹼金屬或有機 ,能在不產生環氧基的開環等副反應的情 水解、縮合速度得到目標的聚有機矽氧烷 定性優異’由此為較佳。另外,含有使用 或有機鹼作為催化劑合成的具有環氧基的 和特定的桂皮酸衍生物的反應物的本發明 配向用組合物由於保存穩定性極為優異,Methyl silicate MS51, Methyl silicate MS56 (above, Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation); ethyl silicate 28 'ethyl silicate 40, ethyl silicate 48 (above, Colcoat); GR100, GR650, GR908, GR950 (above, Showa Denko) Things. Among these other decane compounds, from the viewpoint of the alignment property and chemical stability of the obtained liquid crystal alignment film, tetramethoxy decane, tetraethoxy decane, decyl tridecyloxy decane, decyl triethyl ethane is preferable. Oxydecane, 3-(methyl)propenyloxypropyltrimethoxyoxydecane, 3-(methyl)propanyloxypropyltriethoxysulfonium, ethylenetrimethoxysulfate, Vinyl diethoxy sulphur, propyl propyl trimethoxy sulphate, allyl triethoxy sulphur, phenyl trimethoxy decane, phenyl triethoxy decane ' 3 巯 propyl propyl trimethoxy Baseline, 3-mercaptopropyltriethoxydecane, decylmercaptotrimethoxydecane, mercaptomethyltriethoxydecane, dimercaptodimethoxydecane or dimethyldiethoxydecane . The polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group used in the present invention is used as a solvent for introducing a sufficient amount of a side chain having photo-alignment properties, and in order to prevent the introduction amount of the epoxy group from being excessive, suppressing side reactions and the like. The equivalent weight is preferably from 100 g/m 〇1 to 10,000 g/mol, more preferably such that when synthesizing polyorgano oxyhydrogen having an epoxy group, the ruthenium compound having a fluorene group is set to -33 - 201235751 And the use of the i & . eclipse & octane compound is such that the resulting condensed ring enthalpy equivalent is in the above range. Specifically, such other decane compound is preferably in a mass with respect to the total amount of the epoxy polysiloxane and other decane compounds. /. ~50 quality. /. More preferably, it is used in an amount of 5% by mass to 3% by mass. The organic energy can be exemplified by, for example, a hydrocarbon compound, a ketone compound, an acetonate, a compound of a surface, or the like. Alcohol compounds and the like. - Examples of the above-mentioned stimulating compound include, for example, methyl benzoate and dimethyl: examples of the ketone include methyl ethyl ketone, methyl ketone ketone, diethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, hexanone, and the like. As the above, it is exemplified by, for example, acetic acid, acetic acid, MUU, 曰, acetic acid, isophthalic acid methyl...S, 3, methoxybutyl acetic acid, brewing milk: alcohol, as the above ether For example, ethylene glycol dimethyl sulphate-ethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dimethine, and the like are listed, for example, hexanol/upper alcoholic ethylene glycol, ▼ base _2 _@@, Early ethyl ether, ethylene glycol mono-n-propyl ether, ethylene dioxime, core ^ 早 早 J £ - alcohol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, ether ether, ^ ^ ^. Among the hydrazines and the like, it is preferably water-insoluble. This is @倾, 4, 2, +, or |曰 Relative to 100 parts by mass of all the stone smelting compounds, there is a ΐ 0 mass f, η ^ 〜1. . .曰:: The mass part is 'better 5' and the negative is 1 gram. In addition, the amount of water used as the polyi=alkane having an epoxy group is preferably L m〇l~l00 times relative to the total decane compound. M〇1, more preferably i times m〇i~ times 茁〇1. The ratio of the base is 0, the compound is stupid, the butyl group is described as lg' acid B, B, can shout, butyl-n-propene agent Quantitative machine Shi Xi ^ 0.5 -34- .201235751 As the above-mentioned test, the compound is used as the above-mentioned potassium hydroxide, methyl, etc. as the above-mentioned ethylamine, two primary to secondary amines; triethylamine, sulfhydryl hydrazine Hydroxide 4, taking into account the stable amine, tri-n-butyl amine; hydrogen peroxide as a production of an alkali metal base as a catalyst, with a high 'so that the production of a stable alkali metal compound polyorganisms The reason for the reason is as follows. For the reason of the catalyst, for example, an alkali metal compound, an organic compound, a wrong compound or the like can be used. Examples of the alkali metal compound include sodium hydroxide, sodium oxyhydroxide and decyloxy group. Potassium, sodium ethoxylate, potassium ethoxide organic test, can For example, ethylamine, pheromone, britylene, etc., organic n-n-propylamine, tri-n-butylamine, pyridine, 4-dioxadiazacycloundecene, etc. Tertiary amine; organic quaternary ammonium salt such as guanyl ammonium, etc. The viewpoint of carrying out the reaction in these organic bases is preferably triethylamine, tri-n-propylamine, pyridinium, 4-didecylaminopyridine, etc. Organic tritetramethyl-specific organic quaternary salt. Catalyst, compound or organic base in the presence of an epoxy group-containing polyorganosiloxane. By using an alkali metal or organic, it can be opened without generating an epoxy group. It is preferred that the side reaction is hydrolyzed and the condensation rate is excellent, and the polyorganosiloxane is excellent in the definition. Further, it contains an epoxy group-containing and specific cinnamic acid derivative synthesized using a catalyst or an organic base as a catalyst. The composition for alignment of the present invention of the reactant is extremely excellent in storage stability.
Chemical Reviews,第 95 卷,第 ι 4〇9 出的那樣’推測是如果在水解、縮合反應 -35- 201235751 中使用驗金屬化合物或有機驗作為催化劑,則形成無規 結構、梯型結構或籠塑結構,無法得到矽烷醇基的含有 比例少的聚有機矽氧烷。推測是由於矽烷醇基的含有比 例少’則抑制矽烷醇基之間的縮合反應,進而在本發明 的有機半導體配向用組合物含有後述的其他聚合物時, 抑制矽烷醇基和其他聚合物的縮合反應,從而使保存穩 定性優異。 作為催化劑特佳為有機鹼。有機鹼的用量根據有機 鹼的種類、溫度等反應條件等而異,能適當設定。作為 有機驗的具體的用量,例如相對於全料烧化合物,較 佳為〇·01倍莫耳〜3倍莫耳’更佳為0.05倍莫耳〜1倍莫 耳 〇 ^ 製造具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷時 -----^ q ^ 7孔 >兀a于的枣解或水解、 、缩合反應較佳為ώi亡 芍错由將具有衩氧基的矽烷化合物和根攄 機溶劑 八屁口 ,藉由例如油浴等加熱進行實施。 。…解,縮合反應時’希望油浴的加熱溫度較佳為"0 下.,4rc〜lorc,較佳為加熱〇 5小時〜12 寺更佳為力口孰1 +日卑s r。4 混合液,也可…時。加熱時’即可以授拌 也』以置於回流下〇Chemical Reviews, Vol. 95, pp. 4〇9, 'presumably if a metalloid compound or organic test is used as a catalyst in hydrolysis, condensation reaction-35-201235751, a random structure, ladder structure or cage is formed. The plastic structure does not provide a polyorganosiloxane having a small content of a stanol group. It is presumed that the content of the decyl alcohol group is small, the condensation reaction between the stanol groups is suppressed, and when the organic semiconductor alignment composition of the present invention contains another polymer described later, the stanol group and other polymers are inhibited. The condensation reaction is excellent in storage stability. Particularly preferred as the catalyst is an organic base. The amount of the organic base to be used varies depending on the type of the organic base, the reaction conditions, and the like, and can be appropriately set. The specific amount used as the organic test, for example, relative to the whole calcined compound, is preferably 倍·01 times moles to 3 times the molars. More preferably 0.05 times the moles to 1 times the molars. When the polyorganosiloxane is used-----^ q ^ 7 pores 兀a in the jujube or hydrolysis, condensation reaction is preferably ώi 芍 由 将 将 将 将 将 将 将 将 将 将 将The organic solvent is carried out by heating, for example, an oil bath. . ...solution, when the condensation reaction is desired, the heating temperature of the oil bath is preferably "0., 4rc~lorc, preferably heated 〇 5 hours~12 Temple is better for 孰1孰 日 s r. 4 mixed liquid, can also be used. When heated, it can be mixed and placed under reflux.
反應結束狳,龢I 機溶劑層。4 洗務從反應液分取的有 為#由二 時’在容易進行洗務操作方面,較佳 為藉由3有少量鹽的水,例如〇2質 溶液等洗滌。洗± 。左右的硝酸銨水 據需要用無水碎酸# \ I"、中性,之後根 ““弓、分子篩等乾燥劑將有機溶劑層乾 -36- 201235751 燥後,除去溶劑’能得到作為目標的且古— 機樣。 、有環氧基的聚有 在本發明中’作為具有環氧基的聚右他 ^ ^ ίΐ iff "σΓ Γ2 使用市售的商品。作為這種商品’能列舉出例 、DMS-E12、DMS-E21、EMS-32(以上, 〇 別丄 等。 ,CHlsSO公司) [A]光配向性聚有機石夕氧烧化合物可以 有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷本身水解4占 ^ ,以及來自具有環氧基的聚有機心=物的部分 成水解縮合物的部分。作為上述部分解縮亡形 水解物以及水解縮合物也可以和具有環 =的這些 氧烧的水解、縮合條件同樣地製備。< '"的聚有機石夕 <[Α]光配向性聚有機矽氧烷的合成〉 :發明令使用的[Α]光配向性聚有機矽氧烷化合物 以藉由將上述具有環氧基的聚有機彻和特 ……物’較佳在催化劑的存在下反應合成。 聚有為特定桂皮酸衍生物的用量,相對於1-=氧烧所具有的環氧基,較佳為。—。1 為O.Olmol〜5m〇1,特佳為〇 〇5则卜2则卜 化人:為上述催化劑’能使用作為促進有機驗或者環氧 反應的所謂的硬化促進劑而公知的= :驗作為上述有機驗’能列舉出和上述有機驗同樣的有 !為上述硬化促進劑,能列舉出例如: :j二甲基胺、2,4,6_三(二甲基胺基甲基)笨 己基-甲基胺、三乙醇胺等三級胺; -37- 201235751 2 -甲基σ米。坐、2 -正庚基0本。圭、2 -正十一烧基Β米唾、2-苯基咪唑、2-.苯基-4-曱基咪唑、1 -苄基-2-曱基咪唑、1 -苄基-2-苯基咪唑、1,2-二甲基咪唑、2-乙基-4-曱基咪唑 、1-(2-氰基乙基)-2-曱基咪唑、1-(2-氰基乙基)-2-正十一 烷基咪唑、1-(2-氰基乙基)-2-苯基咪唑、1-(2-氰基乙基 )-2-乙基-4-曱基咪唑、2-苯基-4 -甲基-5-羥曱基咪唑、2-苯基-4,5-二(羥甲基)咪唑、1-(2-氰基乙基)-2-苯基-4,5-二[(2’-氰基乙氧基)甲基]咪唑、1-(2-氰基乙基)-2-正十一 烷基咪唑鏽苯偏三酸鹽、1-(2-氰基乙基)-2-苯基咪唑鏽 苯偏三酸鹽、1-(2-氰基乙基)-2-乙基-4-甲基咪唑鑌苯偏 三酸鹽、2,4-二胺基-6-[2’ -甲基咪唑基-(Γ)]乙基-s-三啩 、2,4-二胺基-6-(2正十一烷基咪唑基)乙基-s-三啩、2,4-二胺基-6-[2’-乙基-4’-甲基咪唑基-(l’)]乙基-s-三啡、2-曱基咪唑的異氰尿酸加成物、2-苯基咪唑的異氰尿酸加 成物以及2,4-二胺基-6-[2’ -曱基咪唑基-(Γ)]乙基-s-三 畊的異氰尿酸加成物等咪唑化合物; 二苯基膦、三苯基膦、亞磷酸三苯基酯等有機磷化 合物; 氣化苄基三苯基鱗、溴化四正丁基鎮、溴化曱基三 苯基鱗、溴化乙基三苯基鱗、溴化正丁基三苯基鱗、溴 化四苯基鱗、碘化乙基三苯基鱗、乙基三苯基鎸乙酸鹽 、四正丁基鱗Ο,0 -二乙基偶磷二硫代硫酸鹽、四正丁基 鱗苯并三唑鹽、四苯基鱗四苯基硼酸鹽、四正丁基鱗四 氟硼酸鹽、四正丁基鱗四苯基硼酸鹽等季鎮鹽; 201235751 1,8-二氮雜二環[5.4.0]十一烯-7及 偶氮二環烯烴; 辛酸鋅、辛酸錫、乙醯丙酮鋁絡合 合物; 溴化四乙基錢、漠化四正丁基錢、 氯化四正丁基錢等四級敍鹽; 三化侧、删酸三苯基S旨等爛化合 氣化鋅、氯化錫等金屬i化物; -一鼠基—胺以及胺和彡衣氧*心ί脂的 型促進劑等高溶點分散型潛在性硬化促 上述咪唑化合物、有機磷化合物以 化促進劑的表面用聚合物覆蓋形成的微 化促進劑; 胺鹽型潛在性硬化促進劑; 路易士酸鹽、布侖斯惕酸(Bronsted 解型熱陽離子聚合型潛在性硬化促進劑 進劑等 這些催化劑中, 基銨、氣化四乙基銨 較佳為漠化四乙基 、氯化四正丁基銨 作為催化劑的用量 相對於100質 的聚有機矽氧烷, 質量份〜100質量份 作為反應溫度較佳為 °C。作為反應時間較佳4 小時〜20小時。 較佳為100質量份以 ’特佳為0.1質量份 〇〇C 〜200〇C, 0 · 1小時〜5 0 其有機酸鹽等二 物等有機金屬化 氣化四乙基銨、 物; 加成物等胺加成 進劑; 及第四鱗鹽等硬 膠囊型潛在性硬 acid)鹽等高溫分 等潛在性硬化促 錄、漠化四正丁 等四級錄鹽。 量份具有環氧基 下’更佳為〇.〇1 〜20質量份。 更佳為50°C〜150 J、時,更佳為0.5 201235751 [A]光配问性聚有機石夕^院根據需要⑯在有機溶劑 的存在下合成。作為該有機溶劑能列舉出例如烴化合 物、醚化合物、醋化合物、酮化合物、醯胺化合物、醇 化合物等。此等之中’趟化合物、醋化合物、_化合物 從原料和產物的溶解性以及產物的精製容易性的觀點出 發是較佳的。溶劑以固體成分濃度(反應溶液中的溶劑以 外的成分的質量佔據溶液全部質量的比例)較佳為〇丨質 里%以上、70質量%以下,更佳為5質量%以上、5〇質 量%以下的量使用。 作為這樣得到的[A]光配向性聚有機矽氧烷的MW沒 有特別的限定,較佳為“Ο。。〜2〇 〇〇〇,更佳$ 3,〇〇〇〜 1 5,000。藉由為這種分子量範圍,能確保液晶配向膜有 良好的配向性和穩定性。 、 [A]光配向性聚有機矽氧烷是藉由特定桂皮酸衍生 物的羧酉夂基對環氧基的開環加成,而在具有環氧基的聚 =機矽氧,中導入來自特定桂皮酸衍生物的結構。該製 造方法簡單,而且在能提高來自特定桂皮酸衍生物的結 構的導入率方面是極為合適的方法。 、在本發明中’在不損害本發明的效果的範圍内,可 以用下述式(4)所示的化合物取代上述特定桂皮酸衍生 物的邙刀而使用。此時,[A]光配向性聚有機矽氧燒化 合物合成可以藉由將具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷與特定 桂皮酸何生物和下述式(4)所示的化合物的混合物 進行。 恩 R10 — R11—-R12 (4) -40- 201235751 作為上述式巾R1。, P A + 0^ ’較佳為碳原子數為8〜20的 焼*基或燒氧基’或者破原+舍 .^ ^ ,, 原十數為4〜21的氟烷基或氟烷氧 “ 乂丨2 馬早鍵伸環己基或1,4_伸苯基。 作為R 較佳為羧基。 作為上述式⑷所示的化合物,能列舉出例如下述式 (4-1)〜(4-3)所示的化合物。 cf3—0-At the end of the reaction, and the solvent layer of the I machine. 4 The washing is carried out from the reaction liquid. In the case of easy washing operation, it is preferred to wash by 3 water having a small amount of salt, for example, a ruthenium solution. Wash ±. The left and right ammonium nitrate water is required to be used as the target with anhydrous acid acid # \ I", neutral, and then the root "drying the organic solvent layer after dipping the drying agent -36-201235751" Ancient - machine. In the present invention, a commercially available product is used as polyepitacil iff "σΓ Γ2 having an epoxy group. As such a product, an example can be cited, DMS-E12, DMS-E21, and EMS-32 (above, 〇, 丄, etc., CHlsSO). [A] Photoalignable polyorgano oxysulfide compound may have epoxy The polyorganosiloxane of the group itself hydrolyzes 4, and the portion derived from the polyorgano core having an epoxy group into a portion of the hydrolysis condensate. The partially decomposed hydrolysate and the hydrolyzed condensate may be prepared in the same manner as the hydrolysis and condensation conditions of these oxygen calories having a ring =. <'"Polyorganisms<[Α] Synthesis of photo-aligned polyorganosiloxanes]: The invention uses the [Α] photo-aligned polyorganosiloxane compound to have the above ring The polyorgano group of the oxy group is preferably reacted in the presence of a catalyst. The amount of the specific cinnamic acid derivative to be concentrated is preferably from the epoxy group which is contained in the 1-=oxygen. —. 1 is O.Olmol~5m〇1, and particularly preferably 〇〇5 is 卜2 卜化人: It is known that the above catalyst can be used as a so-called hardening accelerator for promoting an organic test or an epoxy reaction. The above-mentioned organic test can be exemplified as the organic test described above. Examples of the hardening accelerator include: j dimethylamine and 2,4,6-tris(dimethylaminomethyl). Tertiary-methylamine, triethanolamine and other tertiary amines; -37- 201235751 2 -methyl σ m. Sitting, 2 - positive heptyl 0.圭, 2 -正十一烧基Β米唾, 2-phenylimidazole, 2-.phenyl-4-mercaptoimidazole, 1-benzyl-2-mercaptoimidazole, 1-benzyl-2-benzene Imidazole, 1,2-dimethylimidazole, 2-ethyl-4-mercaptoimidazole, 1-(2-cyanoethyl)-2-mercaptoimidazole, 1-(2-cyanoethyl) -2-n-undecylimidazole, 1-(2-cyanoethyl)-2-phenylimidazole, 1-(2-cyanoethyl)-2-ethyl-4-mercaptoimidazole, 2 -phenyl-4-methyl-5-hydroxydecylimidazole, 2-phenyl-4,5-bis(hydroxymethyl)imidazole, 1-(2-cyanoethyl)-2-phenyl-4 ,5-bis[(2'-cyanoethoxy)methyl]imidazole, 1-(2-cyanoethyl)-2-n-undecylimidazole rust trimellitate, 1-(2 -Cyanoethyl)-2-phenylimidazole rust benzoate, 1-(2-cyanoethyl)-2-ethyl-4-methylimidazolium benzoate, 2,4 -diamino-6-[2'-methylimidazolyl-(oxime)]ethyl-s-triterpene, 2,4-diamino-6-(2-n-undecylimidazolyl)ethyl -s-triterpene, 2,4-diamino-6-[2'-ethyl-4'-methylimidazolyl-(l')]ethyl-s-triphthyl, 2-mercaptoimidazole Isocyanuric acid adduct, isocyanuric acid addition of 2-phenylimidazole and 2,4-diamino group Imidazole compound such as -6-[2'-mercaptoimidazolyl-(fluorene)]ethyl-s-three-pilled isocyanuric acid adduct; diphenylphosphine, triphenylphosphine, triphenyl phosphite And other organophosphorus compounds; gasified benzyl triphenyl scale, tetra-n-butyl bromide, bismuth bromide triphenyl scale, ethyl bromide bromide, n-butyl bromide scale, Tetraphenyl bromide, ethyl triphenyl scale iodide, ethyl triphenyl sulfonium acetate, tetra-n-butyl fluorene, 0-diethylphosphonium dithiosulfate, tetra-n-butyl scale a quaternary salt such as benzotriazole salt, tetraphenyl quaternary tetraphenyl borate, tetra-n-butyl quaternary tetrafluoroborate, tetra-n-butyl quaternary tetraphenyl borate; 201235751 1,8-diaza Cyclo [5.4.0] undecene-7 and azobicycloalkene; zinc octoate, tin octoate, acetoacetate aluminum complex; tetraethyl bromide, desertified tetra-n-butyl, chlorination Four-stage salt, such as tetra-n-butyl, etc.; metallization such as tri-sulfonate, tribasic acid, etc., such as zinc oxide and tin chloride; - a murine-amine and amine and oxime* Heart-like type accelerator, high melting point, dispersive type, potential hardening The imidazole compound and the organophosphorus compound are formed by using a polymer to cover the surface of the promoter to form a micro-promoting agent; an amine salt type latent hardening accelerator; Lewis acid salt, Bronsted acid (Bronsted solution type thermal cationic polymerization) Among these catalysts, such as a latent hardening accelerator, the ammonium chloride and vaporized tetraethylammonium are preferably used as a catalyst for the use of tetraethylammonium chloride or tetra-n-butylammonium chloride as a catalyst. The oxane, the parts by mass to 100 parts by mass, preferably has a reaction temperature of °C. The reaction time is preferably from 4 hours to 20 hours. Preferably, it is preferably 100 parts by mass of an organic metallized tetraethylammonium or the like which is particularly preferably 0.1 parts by mass of 〇〇C 〜200 〇C, 0 · 1 hour to 5 0, such as an organic acid salt; An amine addition agent such as a product; and a hard-capsule type hard acid such as a fourth scale salt; a salt such as a high-temperature component such as a high-temperature fraction, and a four-stage salt such as a desertification tetra-n-butyl. The amount of the epoxy group is more preferably 〇.〇1 to 20 parts by mass. More preferably, it is 50 ° C to 150 J, and more preferably 0.5 201235751 [A] Light-matching polyorganismite Xi He Yuan is synthesized according to the need of 16 in the presence of an organic solvent. The organic solvent may, for example, be a hydrocarbon compound, an ether compound, a vinegar compound, a ketone compound, a guanamine compound or an alcohol compound. Among these, the oxime compound, the vinegar compound, and the _ compound are preferred from the viewpoints of solubility of the raw material and the product, and ease of purification of the product. The concentration of the solid component (the ratio of the mass of the component other than the solvent in the reaction solution to the total mass of the solution) is preferably 5% by mass or more, 70% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or more, and 5% by mass. The following quantities are used. The MW of the [A] photo-aligned polyorganosiloxane thus obtained is not particularly limited, and is preferably "Ο..~2〇〇〇〇, more preferably $3, 〇〇〇~15,000. By this molecular weight range, it is possible to ensure good alignment and stability of the liquid crystal alignment film. [A] Photoalignment polyorganosiloxane is a carboxy fluorenyl group to epoxy by a specific cinnamic acid derivative. a ring-opening addition of a group, and a structure derived from a specific cinnamic acid derivative is introduced into a polyoxyl group having an epoxy group. The production method is simple, and the introduction of a structure derived from a specific cinnamic acid derivative can be improved. In the present invention, it is possible to use a compound represented by the following formula (4) in place of the above-mentioned specific cinnamic acid derivative in the range which does not impair the effects of the present invention. At this time, the synthesis of the [A] photoalignment polyorganooxime compound can be carried out by a mixture of a polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group and a specific cinnamic acid and a compound represented by the following formula (4). En R10 — R11—R12 (4) -40- 201235751 as The type of towel R1., PA + 0^ ' is preferably a fluorenyl group having a carbon number of 8 to 20 or an alkoxy group or a ruthenium group. The original decane is 4 to 21 fluorocarbon. Or a fluoroalkoxy " 乂丨 2 horse early bond to cyclohexyl or 1,4 _ phenyl. R is preferably a carboxyl group. Examples of the compound represented by the above formula (4) include compounds represented by the following formulas (4-1) to (4-3). Cf3—0-
COOH CF3 〇3^6—οCOOH CF3 〇3^6-ο
COOH (4-1) (4-2) c2f5 — c3h6—〇COOH (4-1) (4-2) c2f5 — c3h6—〇
COOH (4-3) 上述式(4)所示的化合物能使[A]光配向性聚有機矽 氧烷的活性部位失活,有助於提高該液晶配向劑的穩定 性。在本發明中’將特定桂皮酸衍生物和上述式(4)所示 的化合物一起使用時,特定桂皮酸衍生物和上述式(4)所 示的化合物的總使用比例相對於1 m ο 1聚有機矽氧烷所 具有的環氧基’較佳為〇 〇〇lmol〜1.5mol’更佳為〇.〇lmol 〜lmol,進一步較佳為〇〇5mol~〇.9mol。在這種情況下, 作為上述式(4)所示的化合物的用量,相對於和特定桂皮 酸衍生物的總量,較佳為50m〇l%以下,更佳為25mol〇/o 以下◊如果上述式(4)所示的化合物的使用比例超過 5Omol% ’則可能會產生液晶配向膜中的配向性降低的問 題。 -41- 201235751 <[B]光硬化催化劑> 出於使[A]光配向性聚有機矽氧烷具有的交聯性官 能基團的交聯反應更牢固的目的,該液晶配向劑含有[B] 光硬化催化劑。由於該液晶配向劑含有[B]光硬化催化劑 ,因此如上所述能藉由液晶配向膜含感光波長這樣的放 射線照射’進行塗膜的硬化,其結果,塗膜形成步驟中 的熱處理在低温且短時間的條件下即可,能夠低成本且 高生產性地製造液晶配向膜。 [B]光硬化催化劑只要是能使[A]光配向性聚有機矽 氧烷具有的交聯性官能基團反應,就沒有特別地限定, 能夠使用公知的光硬化催化劑。有關[B]光硬化催化劑的 吸收波長,能夠選擇有任意吸收波長的化合物,較佳為 含150nm〜800nm波長的光的紫外線和在可見光區域有 吸收波長,更佳為在含3〇〇nm〜4〇〇nm波長的光的紫外線 區域有吸收波長。 這些[B]光硬化催化劑中,在交聯性官能基團含乙烯 基或(甲基)丙稀基等的場合,較佳為自由基聚合類的[B] 光硬化催化劑,在交聯性官能基團含環氧基、脂環式環 氧基、乙烯基醚、氧雜環丁烷環結構等的場合,較佳= 陽離子聚合類的[B]光硬化催化劑。這些[咐硬㈣化 劑可單獨或兩種以上混合使用。 :乍=述自由基聚合類的剛硬化催化劑,可以列 牛例如卞基、二乙醯基等心二 香荨縮酮;安息 香甲基乙醚、安息香乙基乙醚 ' 息 ^硫雜葱酮、2 4_-……n 丙基Μ縮酮 作心* ~雜蒽酮-4-磺酸 -42- 201235751 一本曱酮4,4 - 一(一甲基胺基)二苯曱酮、4,4,-二(二 乙基胺基)二苯曱g同等二苯曱酮類;苯乙酮、對二曱基胺 基苯乙酮、4-(α,α,_二甲氧基乙醯氧基)二苯甲酮、2,2,_ 二曱氧基-2-苯基笨乙酮、對曱氧基苯乙酮、2_曱基-2_ 咮啉-1-(4-曱硫苯基)_丨_丙酮、2_苄基_2_二甲基胺基 -1-(4-味啉苯基)-丁 _丨_酮等笨乙酮類;蒽醌、丨,4萘醌等 酿;苯曱醯氣、三溴甲基苯基砜、三(三氯甲基)_s_三啡 等i化合物;2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯二苯基氧化膦、二(2,6_ 二甲氧基苯甲醯)-2,4,4 -三甲基戊基氧化膦、二(2,4,6 -三 曱基苯曱醯)苯基氧化膦等醯基氧化膦;二第三丁基過氧 化物等過氧化物等。 作為自由基聚合類的[B]光硬化催化劑的銷售商品, 可以列舉例如 IRGACURE-124、IRGACURE-149、 IRGACURE-] 84、IRGACURE-369、IRGACURE-500、 IRGACURE-651、IRGACURE-819、IRGACURE-907、 IRGACURE-1000、IRGACURE-1700、IRGACURE-1800 、IRGACURE-1 850、IRGACURE-2959、Darocur-1116、 Darocur-1173 、 Darocur-1664 、 Darocur-2959 、COOH (4-3) The compound represented by the above formula (4) can inactivate the active site of the [A] photoalignment polyorganosiloxane, and contributes to improvement of the stability of the liquid crystal alignment agent. In the present invention, when a specific cinnamic acid derivative is used together with the compound represented by the above formula (4), the total use ratio of the specific cinnamic acid derivative and the compound represented by the above formula (4) is relative to 1 m ο 1 The polyoxymethane has an epoxy group of preferably from 1 mol to 1.5 mol', more preferably from 1 mol% to 1 mol, further preferably from 5 mol to 0.9 mol. In this case, the amount of the compound represented by the above formula (4) is preferably 50 m〇l% or less, more preferably 25 mol〇/o or less, relative to the total amount of the specific cinnamic acid derivative. When the use ratio of the compound represented by the above formula (4) exceeds 50 mol%, the problem of lowering the alignment property in the liquid crystal alignment film may occur. -41-201235751 <[B] Photocuring catalyst> The liquid crystal alignment agent contains the purpose of making the crosslinking reaction of the crosslinkable functional group of the [A] photoalignment polyorganosiloxane more robust. [B] Photohardening catalyst. Since the liquid crystal alignment agent contains the [B] photocuring catalyst, the coating film can be hardened by the radiation irradiation of the liquid crystal alignment film containing the photosensitive wavelength as described above, and as a result, the heat treatment in the coating film forming step is low. The liquid crystal alignment film can be produced at low cost and with high productivity under a short period of time. The photohardening catalyst is not particularly limited as long as it can react with the crosslinkable functional group of the photoalignable polyorganosiloxane of [A], and a known photocuring catalyst can be used. Regarding the absorption wavelength of the [B] photohardening catalyst, a compound having an arbitrary absorption wavelength can be selected, preferably ultraviolet light having a wavelength of 150 nm to 800 nm and absorption wavelength in the visible light region, more preferably 3 nm nm. The ultraviolet region of light having a wavelength of 4 〇〇 nm has an absorption wavelength. In the case of the above-mentioned [B] photocuring catalyst, when the crosslinkable functional group contains a vinyl group or a (meth) propyl group or the like, a radically polymerized [B] photocuring catalyst is preferred, and crosslinkability is obtained. When the functional group contains an epoxy group, an alicyclic epoxy group, a vinyl ether or an oxetane ring structure, it is preferably a cationically polymerized [B] photocuring catalyst. These [tantalum (four) chemicals may be used alone or in combination of two or more. : 乍 = the free-cure catalyst of the radical polymerization type, which can be listed as a ketone such as sulfhydryl or diethyl fluorenyl ketone; benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, thiophene ketone, 2 4_-......n propyl ketal as heart* ~homoxan-4-sulfonic acid-42- 201235751 A fluorenone 4,4-1,3-(monomethylamino)benzophenone, 4,4 ,-bis(diethylamino)diphenylhydrazine g equivalent dibenzophenones; acetophenone, p-didecylaminoacetophenone, 4-(α,α,_dimethoxyacetoxy Benzo) benzophenone, 2,2,-dimethoxy-2-phenyl acetophenone, p-methoxyacetophenone, 2-mercapto-2_ porphyrin-1-(4-indole thiobenzene Base ) 丨 丙酮 丙酮 丙酮 丙酮 丙酮 丙酮 丙酮 丙酮 丙酮 丙酮 丙酮 丙酮 丙酮 丙酮 丙酮 丙酮 丙酮 丙酮 丙酮 丙酮 丙酮 丙酮 丙酮 丙酮 丙酮 丙酮 丙酮 丙酮 丙酮 丙酮 丙酮 丙酮 丙酮 丙酮 丙酮 丙酮 丙酮 丙酮 丙酮Etching; benzoquinone, tribromomethylphenylsulfone, tris(trichloromethyl)_s_triphthyl and other compounds; 2,4,6-trimethylbenzimidium diphenylphosphine oxide, two Oxidation of (2,6-dimethoxybenzhydrazide)-2,4,4-trimethylpentylphosphine oxide, bis(2,4,6-trimercaptophenylhydrazine)phenylphosphine oxide Phosphine; di-tert-butyl Peroxide compounds and the like. As a commercial product of the [B] photocuring catalyst of the radical polymerization type, for example, IRGACURE-124, IRGACURE-149, IRGACURE-] 84, IRGACURE-369, IRGACURE-500, IRGACURE-651, IRGACURE-819, IRGACURE- 907, IRGACURE-1000, IRGACURE-1700, IRGACURE-1800, IRGACURE-1 850, IRGACURE-2959, Darocur-1116, Darocur-1173, Darocur-1664, Darocur-2959,
Darocur-4043(以上,Ciba Specialty Chemicals 公司)、 KAYACURE-DETX 、 KAYACURE-MBP 、 KAYACURE-DMBI、KAYACURE-EPA、KAYACURE-OA( 以上,曰本化藥製)、LUCIRIN TPO(BASF 公司)、 VICURE-10、VICURE-55(以上,STAUFFER 公司)、 TRIGONALPl(AKZO 公司)、SANDORAY 1000(SANDOZ 公司)、DEAP(APJOHN 公司)、QUANTACURE-PDO、 -43- 201235751 QUANTACURE-ITX、QUANTACURE-EPD(以上,Ward BLEKINSOP 公司)等。 作為自由基聚合類的[B]光硬化催化劑的使用比例 ,相對於[A]光配向性聚有機矽氧烷1〇〇質量份,較佳為 0.5質量份〜30質量份,更佳為工質量份〜2〇質量份二‘ 作為上述陽離子聚合類的[B]光硬化催化劑,能夠列 舉二苯基碘鹽等碘鹽、三笨基銃鹽等錡鹽、〇_硝美节美 磺酸鹽等磺酸酿等。其中’較佳為蛾鹽、疏鹽。:為: 離子種’更佳為硼化合物、六氟化磷等化合物。另外了 作為陰離子種含六氟化銻的化合物的硬化性優里, 溫條件下的硬化性也優異,但是六默化銻是有害 : 用於產πσ0夺會產生安全問題。上述蛾鹽或疏鹽可以是 獨或兩種以上的混合物。 乍為具體的陽離子聚合類的[Β]光硬化催化劑 = 二…三…續酸鹽、二苯基蛾九說: 兀只-夂孤、一本基全氟碘正辛烷磺酸鹽、二㈠_第三丁 苯基)峨三氟甲烧續酸鹽、二(4_第三丁基笨基)蛾:氣 酸鹽、二(4_第三丁基苯基)全^典正辛烧續酸超 二本基疏三It甲^酸鹽、三苯該九氟正丁烧石备酸 、二苯基錡全氟正辛烷磺酸鹽、環己基·2-氧基環己 :基錡二氟甲烷磺酸鹽、二環己基·2_氧基環己基錡三 甲酸鹽、2_氧基環己基二甲錢三氟甲料酸鹽 L基-1-奈基—甲基錡三氣甲烷磺酸鹽、4羥基q关 :氣.硫演化三氣甲燒績酸鹽、4_經基小蔡基四氣硫; 九亂正丁料酸鹽、4_經基小萘基四氫硫填化全氣正 -44- .201235751 烷磺酸鹽、1 -( 1 _萘基乙醯甲基)四氫硫代溴化三氟曱烷磺 酸鹽、1 -( 1 -萘基乙醯甲基)四氫硫代溴化九氟正丁烷磺酸 鹽、1 -(1 -萘基乙醯甲基)四氫硫代溴化全氟正辛烷磺酸鹽 、1 -(3,5 -二甲基-4_羥基苯基)四氫硫代溴化三氟曱烷確酸 鹽、1 -(3,5 -二曱基_4-羥基苯基)四氫硫代溴化九氟正丁烷 磺酸鹽、1-(3,5-二甲基-4-羥基苯基)四氫硫代溴化全氟正 辛烧續酸鹽、三氟甲院確醯雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧 酸醯亞胺、九氟-正丁烷磺醯雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧 酸醯亞胺、全氟-正辛烷磺醯雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧 酸醯亞胺、N-羥基琥ίό醯胺三t/曱烷磺酸鹽、N-羥基號 珀醯胺九氟正丁烷磺酸鹽、N-羥基琥珀醯胺全氟正辛烷 磺酸鹽、1,8 -萘二羧酸醯伸胺三氟甲烷磺酸鹽等。 作為陽離子聚合類的[B]光硬化催化劑的銷售商品, 能夠列舉 IRGACURE250(Ciba-Geigy 公司)、WPI -1 1 3、 WPAG-145、WPAG-170、WPAG-199、WPAG-281 、 WPAG-336、WPAG-367(以上,和光純藥工業公司)、 ADEKA OPTOMER SP-1 50、SP-1 70、SP-300(以上, ADEKA 公司)、CPI-100P、CPI-100A、CPI-200K、 CPI-210S(以上,SAN-APRO 公司)等。 作為陽離子聚合類的[B ]光硬化催化劑的使用比例 ,相對於[A]光配向性聚有機矽氧烷1 〇〇質量份,較佳為 0.01質量份〜30質量份,更佳為〇.5質量份〜2〇質量份。 使用自由基聚合類的[B ]光硬化催化劑的場合,能夠 併用自由基反應性單體。作為自由基反應性基團,只要 是藉由自由基引發重合反應,就沒有特別地限定,從反 -45- .201235751 應性角度出發’較佳為具有聚合性不飽和鍵的基團。作 為具有聚合性不飽和鍵的基團’較佳為乙稀基、(曱基) 丙烯醯基’特佳為(曱基)丙烯醯基。從反應性觀點而言 ,較佳為具有兩個以上不飽和鍵的單體。 作為能有用於該用途的自由基反應性單體,列舉2 官能以上的(甲基)丙浠酸g旨。 作為2官能的(甲基)丙浠酸醋,能夠列舉例如乙二 醇丙烯酸酯、乙二醇曱基丙烯酸酯、1,6_己二醇二丙烯 酸酯、1,6 -己二醇二曱基丙烯酸酯、ι,9-壬二醇二丙烯酸 酯、1,9 -壬二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、四乙二醇二丙烯酸醋 、四乙二醇二曱基丙烯酸酯'聚丙烯乙二醇二丙烯酸酯 、聚丙烯乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、二苯氧基乙醇苐二丙 烯酸酯、二苯氧基乙醇第二甲基丙烯酸酯等。 作為2官能的(曱基)丙烯酸酯的銷售商品,能夠列 舉例如 ARONIX M-210、ARONIX M-240、ARONIX M-6200(以上,東亞合成公司)、KAYARAD HDDA、 KAYARAD HX-220、同 R-604、UX-2201、UX-2301、 UX-3204、UX-330 1、UX-4101、UX_6101、UX-7101、 UX-8101、MU-2100、MU-4001(以上,日本化藥公司)、 Viscoat260、312、335HP(以上,大阪有機化學工業公司 )等。 作為3官能以上的(甲基)丙烯酸酯,能夠列舉例如 三羥甲基丙烷三丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三甲基丙稀.酸 酯、新戊四醇三丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇三曱基丙烯酸酯、 新戊四醇四丙稀酸S旨、新戊四醇四甲基丙稀酸酯、二新 -46- 201235751 戊四醇五丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇五甲基丙烯酸酯、二新 戊四醇六丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇六甲基丙烯酸酯、三(2-丙烯醯氧乙基)磷酸酯、三(2-曱基丙烯醯氧乙基)磷酸酯 、作為9官能以上的(曱基)丙烯酸酯,能夠列舉例如直 鏈伸烷基以及具有脂環式結構、且具有2個以上異氰酸 酉旨基團的化合物、和分子内具有1個以上經基、且具有 3個、4個或者5個丙烯醯氧基和/或曱基丙烯醯氧基的 化合物進行反應得到的聚胺酯丙烯酸酯系化合物等。 作為3官能以上的(曱基)丙烯酸酯的銷售商品,能 夠列舉例如 ARONIX M-309、ARONIX -400、ARONIX 402、ARONIX -405、ARONIX -450、ARONIX -1310、 ARONIX -1600 'ARONIX - 1 960 'ARONIX -7100 'ARONIX -8030、ARONIX -8060、ARONIX -8100、ARONIX -8530 、ARONIX -8560、ARONIX -9050、ARONIX TO-1450( 以上,東亞合成公司)、KAYARAD TMPTA、KAYARAD DPHA、KAYARAD DPCA-20 > KAYARAD DPCA-30、 KAYARAD DPCA-60、KAYARAD DPCA-120、KAYARAD MAX-3 5 10(以上,日本化藥公司)、Viscoat 295、Viscoat 300 'Viscoat 360 'Viscoat GPT 'Viscoat 3PA 'Viscoat 400( 以上,大阪有機化學工業公司)、作為聚胺酯丙稀酸酯系 化合物,能夠列舉例如NEW FRONTIER R-11 50(第一 工業制藥公司)、KAYARAD DPHA-40H(曰本化藥公司) 作為自由基反應性單體的使用比例,相對於[A]光配 向性聚有機矽氧烷100質量份,較佳為5質量份〜120質 量份,更佳為10質量份〜80質量份。 -47- 201235751 使用陽離子聚合類的[B]光硬化催化劑的場合,能夠 併用陽離子反應性成分,也可以使用含有上述環氧基聚 合物,也可以添加環氧反應性單體。作為環氧反應性單 體,較佳為具有2個以上環氧基的單體,能夠列舉例如 乙二醇二縮水甘油醚、二乙二醇二縮水甘油醚、三乙二 醇二縮水甘油醚、聚乙二醇二縮水甘油醚、丙二醇二縮 水甘油鍵、二丙二醇二縮水甘油醚、三丙二醇二縮水甘 油醚、聚丙烯乙二醇二縮水甘油醚、新戊二醇二縮水甘 油醚、1,6 -己二醇二縮水甘油醚、.甘油二縮水甘油醚、 三羥曱基丙烷三縮水甘油醚、水添雙酚A二縮水甘油醚 、雙盼A二縮水甘油醚等。 作為具有2個以上的環氧基的化合物的銷售商品, 能夠列舉例如 EPOLIGHT 40E、EPOLIGHT 100E、 EPOLIGHT 200E、EPOLIGHT 70P、EPOLIGHT 200P、 EPOLIGHT 400P、EPOLIGHT 1 500NP、EPOLIGHT 80MF 、EPOLIGHT 100MF、EPOLIGHT 1 600、EPOLIGHT 3002 、EPOLIGHT 4000(以上,共榮社化學公司)等。 作為環氧基反應性單體的使用比例,相對於[A]光配 向性聚有機矽氧烷1 00質量份,較佳為50質量份以下, 更佳為1質量份〜30質量份。 另外,該液晶配向劑也可以適當含有除上述[B]光硬 化催化劑以外的硬化劑、硬化催化劑等。 <[C]其他聚合物〉 該液晶配向劑能含有[C]其他聚合物作為適合成分 。作為[C]其他聚合物,能列舉出由聚醯胺酸、聚醯伸胺 -48- 201235751 、乙烯基不飽和化合物聚合物、沒有光配向性基團的聚 有機矽氧烷所構成的群組中選出的至少一種聚合物。藉 由含有這些[c]之其他聚合物,能減少製造成本高的聚有 機矽氧烷的在該液晶配向劑中的含量,從而可以減少該 液晶配向劑的製造成本。 [聚醯胺酸] 聚醯胺酸能藉由使四羧酸二酐和二胺化合物反應得 到。 作為四羧酸二酐,能列舉出例如脂肪族四羧酸二酐 、脂環式四羧酸二酐、芳香族四羧酸二酐等。這些四羧 酸二酐可以單獨或組合兩種以上。 作為脂肪族四羧酸二酐,能列舉出例如丁四羧酸二 酐等。 作為脂環式四羧酸二酐,能列舉出例如1,2,3,4-環丁 烷四羧酸二酐、2,3,5-三羧基環戊基乙酸二酐、 1,3,3&,4,5,91?-六鼠-5-(四鼠-2,5-二氧代-3-°夫喃基)-奈弁 [l,2-c]呋喃-1,3-二酮、1,3,3&,4,5,91?-六氫-8-曱基-5-(四 氮-2,5-二氧代-3-。夫11南基)-奈弁[1,2-〇]°夫喃-1,3-二明、3-氧雜二環[3.2.1]辛-2,4-二酮-6-螺- 3’-(四氫呋喃-2’,5’-二 酮)、5-(2,5-二氧代四氫-3-呋喃基)-3 -曱基-3-環己烯-1,2-二羧酸酐、3,5,6-三羧基-2-羧甲基降冰片烷-2 :3,5:6-二酐 、2,4,6,8-四羧基二環[3.3.0]辛烷- 2:4,6:8-二酐、4,9-二氧 雜三環[5.3.1.02’6]十一碳-3,5,8,10-四酮等。 作為芳香族四羧酸二酐,能列舉出例如均苯四酸二 酐,以及日本特願20 1 0-97 1 88號中記載的四羧酸二酐。 -49- 201235751 這些四羧酸二酐中,較佳為脂環 佳為2,3,5-三竣基環戍基乙酸二針或丄緩酸二針,更 酸二酐,特佳為235— & ,,,4_锿丁烷四羧 々一·3,5-二羧基%戊基乙酸_ 人•丨、δ+* 〇 作為2,3,5-三綾基環戊基乙酸二酐 四羧酸二針的用量,相對全部四,2,3,4_環丁烷 以上,更佳為2〇m〇1%以上 〜針,較佳為 —Μ)& Α τ® Λ" z* 為只由 2,3,5- 二羧基%戊基乙酸二酐或i,2 3 4_ 構成。 j境四羧酸二酐所 物’能列舉出例如腊肪族二胺、脂環 : 有機石夕氧炫、芳香族二胺等。這些二胺 化σ物可以單獨或組合兩種以上。 作為脂肪族二胺,能列舉出例如間二甲苯二胺、"_ —胺、Μ_丁二胺、戊二胺、1,6-己二胺等。 44,:為脂環式二胺’能列舉出例如二胺基環己燒、 ,申甲基:(環己基胺)、U-二(胺基曱基)環己烷等。 I作為二胺基有機石夕氧烧,能列舉出例如1,3-二(3_胺 :丙基)_四甲基二石夕氧烧等,以及日本特原頁2009-971 88 中記載的二胺。 作為芳香私二胺,能列舉出例如對苯二胺、4,4,-二 胺基二笨某甲、ρ Λ, — 元 ,4_二胺基二苯基硫謎、1,5 -二胺基 一& — r 卷·4,4 -二胺基聯苯、.4,4,-二胺基-2,2’-二( 氣甲基)聯笨、2,7-二胺基苐、4,4,_二胺基二苯基醚、 筅—[4-(4_;k基苯氧基)苯基]丙烷、9,9-二(4-胺基苯基) 2’2 — [4-(4_胺基笨氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷、2,2-二(4-女基笨基)六I丙烧、4,4’_(對苯二亞異丙基)二(苯胺)、 -50- 201235751 4,4’-(間苯二亞異丙基)二(苯胺)、丨,4_二(4_胺基苯氧基) 苯、4,4’-二(4-胺基苯氧基)聯苯、2,6_二胺基吡啶、3,4_ 二胺基。比。定、2,4-二胺基嘧啶、3,6-二胺基吖啶、3,6-二 胺基咔嗤、N-曱基-3,6-二胺基咔唑、N-乙基-3,6-二胺基 。卡峻、N-苯基·3,6-二胺基咔唑、n,N,-二(4-胺基苯基)-聯苯胺、N,N’-二(4-胺基苯基)_n,n,_二甲基聯苯胺、1,4-二(4-胺基苯基)哌哜、3,5_二胺基苯曱酸、十二烷氧基 -2,4-二胺基苯、十四烷氧基-2,4_二胺基苯、十五烷氧基 -2,4-二胺基苯、十六烷氧基-2,4-二胺基苯、十八烷氧基 -2,4-二胺基苯、十二烷氧基-2,5_二胺基苯、十四烷氡基 -2,5 -二胺基苯、十五烷氧基-2,5 -二胺基苯、十六烷氧基 -2,5-二胺基苯、十八烷氧基-2,5_二胺基苯、膽留烷氧基 -3,5-二胺基苯、膽留烯氧基-3,5_二胺基苯、膽崔烷氧基 -2,4-二胺基苯、膽留烯氧基_2,4_二胺基苯、3,5_二胺基 苯甲酸膽留烷基酯、3,5-二胺基苯甲酸膽留烯基酯、3,5-一月女基本曱酸羊毛留烧基醋、3,6 -二(4 -胺基苯曱酿氧基) 膽崔烧、3,6._二(4-胺基苯氧基)膽留烷、4-(4,-三氟曱氧 基苯甲醯氧基)環己基-3,5-二胺基苯曱酸酯、4-(4,-三氟 甲基苯甲醯氧基)環己基-3,5_二胺基苯曱酸酯、 (4-((胺基苯基)甲基)苯基)_4_丁基環己烷、^-二(4 ((胺 基苯基)甲基)苯基)-4-庚基環己烷、l,l-二(4-((胺基苯氧 基)甲基)苯基)-4-庚基環己烷、1,1-二(4-((胺基苯基)甲基 )苯基)-4-(4-庚基環己基)環己烷、2,4_二胺基-N,N_二烯 丙基苯胺、胺基苄基胺、3-胺基苄基胺和下述式(A_i) 所示的化合物等, -51 - 201235751Darocur-4043 (above, Ciba Specialty Chemicals), KAYACURE-DETX, KAYACURE-MBP, KAYACURE-DMBI, KAYACURE-EPA, KAYACURE-OA (above, 曰本化药), LUCIRIN TPO (BASF), VICURE- 10. VICURE-55 (above, STAUFFER), TRIGONALPl (AKZO), SANDORAY 1000 (SANDOZ), DEAP (APJOHN), QUANTACURE-PDO, -43- 201235751 QUANTACURE-ITX, QUANTACURE-EPD (above, Ward BLEKINSOP company) and so on. The use ratio of the [B] photocuring catalyst which is a radical polymerization type is preferably 0.5 parts by mass to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 0.5 parts by mass to 1 part by mass of the [A] photoalignable polyorganosiloxane. In the above-mentioned cationically polymerized [B] photocuring catalyst, an iodonium salt such as a diphenyliodonium salt or a sulfonium salt such as a trisyl sulfonium salt or a hydrazine sulfonic acid sulfonic acid is exemplified. Sulfonic acid, etc., such as salt. Among them, 'the moth salt and the salt are preferred. : is: The ion species is more preferably a compound such as a boron compound or phosphorus hexafluoride. Further, the compound containing ruthenium hexafluoride as an anionic species is excellent in curability, and is excellent in hardenability under temperature conditions, but it is harmful to hexamidine: it is a safety problem for producing πσ0. The above moth salt or sparse salt may be used alone or in a mixture of two or more.乍 is a specific cationic polymerization type of [Β] photo-curing catalyst = two ... three ... continuous acid salt, diphenyl moth nine said: 兀 only - 夂 orphan, a base of perfluoro iodine n-octane sulfonate, two (a) _ tert-butylphenyl) fluorene trifluorocarbonate, bis(4_t-butylphenyl) moth: gasate, bis(4_t-butylphenyl) Sustained acid super-two-based saponin, it is an acid, triphenyl, hexafluoro-n-butyl sulphate, acid, diphenyl fluorene perfluoro-n-octane sulfonate, cyclohexyl 2-oxycyclohexyl锜Difluoromethanesulfonate, dicyclohexyl-2-oxycyclohexyl decanoate, 2-oxycyclohexyl dimethyl benzoate L-yl-1-nyl-methyl oxime Gas methane sulfonate, 4 hydroxy q off: gas. Sulfur evolution three gas a calcination acid salt, 4 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Hydrogen-sulfur-filled total gas positive-44- .201235751 alkane sulfonate, 1-(1-naphthylethylidenemethyl)tetrahydrothiobromide trifluorosulfonate, 1-(1-naphthyl) Ethylmethyl)tetrahydrothiobrominated nonafluoro-n-butane sulfonate, 1-(1-naphthylethylidenemethyl)tetrahydrothiobrominated perfluoro-positive Alkane sulfonate, 1-(3,5-dimethyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)tetrahydrothiobromide trifluorodecane, 1 -(3,5-diindenyl-4-hydroxyl Phenyl) tetrahydrothiobrominated nonafluoro-n-butane sulfonate, 1-(3,5-dimethyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)tetrahydrothiobrominated perfluoro-n-octyl sulphonate, Trifluoromethane is indeed bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxylate imine, nonafluoro-n-butanesulfonylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2 , 3-dicarboxylate imine, perfluoro-n-octanesulfonylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxylic acid quinone imine, N-hydroxysuccinimide three t / decane sulfonate, N-hydroxyl permeamide nonafluoro-n-butane sulfonate, N-hydroxy succinylamine perfluoro-n-octane sulfonate, 1,8-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid hydrazine Fluoromethanesulfonate and the like. As a commercial product of the cationically polymerized [B] photocuring catalyst, IRGACURE 250 (Ciba-Geigy Co., Ltd.), WPI-1 1 3, WPAG-145, WPAG-170, WPAG-199, WPAG-281, WPAG-336 can be cited. , WPAG-367 (above, Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Inc.), ADEKA OPTOMER SP-1 50, SP-1 70, SP-300 (above, ADEKA), CPI-100P, CPI-100A, CPI-200K, CPI- 210S (above, SAN-APRO company) and so on. The ratio of use of the [B] photocuring catalyst of the cationic polymerization type is preferably 0.01 parts by mass to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 〇.% by mass based on 1 part by mass of the [A] photoalignable polyorganosiloxane. 5 parts by mass to 2 parts by mass. When a radical polymerization type [B] photocuring catalyst is used, a radically reactive monomer can be used in combination. The radical reactive group is not particularly limited as long as it is a radical-initiated superposition reaction, and is preferably a group having a polymerizable unsaturated bond from the viewpoint of the anti-45-.201235751. The group 'having a polymerizable unsaturated bond' is preferably an ethylene group, and the (fluorenyl) acrylonitrile group is particularly preferably a (fluorenyl) acryl group. From the viewpoint of reactivity, a monomer having two or more unsaturated bonds is preferred. As the radically reactive monomer which can be used for this purpose, a bifunctional or higher (meth)propionic acid g is used. Examples of the bifunctional (meth)propionic acid vinegar include ethylene glycol acrylate, ethylene glycol methacrylate, 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate, and 1,6-hexanediol dioxime. Acrylate, iota, 9-nonanediol diacrylate, 1,9-nonanediol dimethacrylate, tetraethylene glycol diacrylate vinegar, tetraethylene glycol dimercapto acrylate 'polypropylene ethylene II Alcohol diacrylate, polypropylene glycol dimethacrylate, diphenoxyethanol hydrazine diacrylate, diphenoxyethanol second methacrylate, and the like. As a commercial product of a bifunctional (fluorenyl) acrylate, for example, ARONIX M-210, ARONIX M-240, ARONIX M-6200 (above, East Asian Synthetic Company), KAYARAD HDDA, KAYARAD HX-220, and R- can be cited. 604, UX-2201, UX-2301, UX-3204, UX-330 1, UX-4101, UX_6101, UX-7101, UX-8101, MU-2100, MU-4001 (above, Nippon Chemical Co., Ltd.), Viscoat260 312, 335HP (above, Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.). Examples of the trifunctional or higher (meth) acrylate include trimethylolpropane triacrylate, trimethylolpropane trimethyl propyl ester, neopentyl alcohol triacrylate, and neopentyl alcohol. Tridecyl acrylate, neopentyl alcohol tetrapropionic acid S, neopentyl alcohol tetramethyl acrylate, bis-46-201235751 pentaerythritol pentaacrylate, dipentaerythritol pentamethyl Acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, dipentaerythritol hexamethacrylate, tris(2-propenyl oxiranyl) phosphate, tris(2-mercapto propylene oxyethyl) phosphate Examples of the hexa-functional fluorenyl acrylate include a linear alkylene group and a compound having an alicyclic structure and having two or more isocyanate groups, and one or more molecules in the molecule. A polyurethane acrylate-based compound obtained by reacting a compound having three, four or five acryloxy groups and/or a decyl propylene fluorenyl group. Examples of the commercially available product of a trifunctional or higher (fluorenyl) acrylate include ARONIX M-309, ARONIX-400, ARONIX 402, ARONIX-405, ARONIX-450, ARONIX-1310, ARONIX-1600 'ARONIX-1 960. 'ARONIX -7100 'ARONIX -8030, ARONIX -8060, ARONIX -8100, ARONIX -8530, ARONIX -8560, ARONIX -9050, ARONIX TO-1450 (above, East Asia Synthetic Company), KAYARAD TMPTA, KAYARAD DPHA, KAYARAD DPCA- 20 > KAYARAD DPCA-30, KAYARAD DPCA-60, KAYARAD DPCA-120, KAYARAD MAX-3 5 10 (above, Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), Viscoat 295, Viscoat 300 'Viscoat 360 'Viscoat GPT 'Viscoat 3PA 'Viscoat 400 (The above-mentioned Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), as a polyurethane acrylate-based compound, for example, NEW FRONTIER R-11 50 (first industrial pharmaceutical company), KAYARAD DPHA-40H (sakamoto chemical company) as a free The use ratio of the base-reactive monomer is preferably 5 parts by mass to 120 parts by mass, more preferably 10 parts by mass to 80 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the [A] photo-aligned polyorganosiloxane. -47-201235751 When a cationic polymerization-based [B] photocuring catalyst is used, a cationically reactive component may be used in combination, or the epoxy group-containing polymer may be used, or an epoxy-reactive monomer may be added. The epoxy-reactive monomer is preferably a monomer having two or more epoxy groups, and examples thereof include ethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, diethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, and triethylene glycol diglycidyl ether. , polyethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, propylene glycol diglycidyl bond, dipropylene glycol diglycidyl ether, tripropylene glycol diglycidyl ether, polypropylene glycol diglycidyl ether, neopentyl glycol diglycidyl ether, 1 6-hexanediol diglycidyl ether, glycerin diglycidyl ether, trihydroxydecyl propane triglycidyl ether, water added bisphenol A diglycidyl ether, bicinch A diglycidyl ether, and the like. Examples of the products sold as a compound having two or more epoxy groups include EPOLIGHT 40E, EPOLIGHT 100E, EPOLIGHT 200E, EPOLIGHT 70P, EPOLIGHT 200P, EPOLIGHT 400P, EPOLIGHT 1 500NP, EPOLIGHT 80MF, EPOLIGHT 100MF, EPOLIGHT 1 600, EPOLIGHT 3002, EPOLIGHT 4000 (above, Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), etc. The use ratio of the epoxy group-reactive monomer is preferably 50 parts by mass or less, more preferably 1 part by mass to 30 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the [A] photo-aligned polyorganosiloxane. In addition, the liquid crystal alignment agent may contain a curing agent other than the above [B] photohardening catalyst, a curing catalyst, and the like. <[C] Other Polymers> The liquid crystal alignment agent can contain [C] other polymers as suitable components. Examples of the other polymer of [C] include a group consisting of polyproline, polymethylamine-48-201235751, a vinyl unsaturated compound polymer, and a polyorganosiloxane having no photo-alignment group. At least one polymer selected from the group. By containing the other polymers of these [c], the content of the polyorganosiloxane having a high production cost in the liquid crystal alignment agent can be reduced, and the production cost of the liquid crystal alignment agent can be reduced. [Polyuric acid] Polylysine can be obtained by reacting a tetracarboxylic dianhydride with a diamine compound. Examples of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride include aliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride, alicyclic tetracarboxylic dianhydride, and aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride. These tetracarboxylic acid dianhydrides may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Examples of the aliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride include butanetetracarboxylic dianhydride and the like. Examples of the alicyclic tetracarboxylic dianhydride include 1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,5-tricarboxycyclopentyl acetic acid dianhydride, and 1,3. 3&,4,5,91?-six rats-5-(four-rat-2,5-dioxo-3-°phoranyl)-naphtho[l,2-c]furan-1,3- Diketone, 1,3,3&,4,5,91?-hexahydro-8-mercapto-5-(tetrazo-2,5-dioxo-3-.f. 11) [1,2-〇]°fu-1,3-di-, 3-oxabicyclo[3.2.1]octyl-2,4-dione-6-spiro-3'-(tetrahydrofuran-2' , 5'-dione), 5-(2,5-dioxotetrahydro-3-furanyl)-3-indolyl-3-cyclohexene-1,2-dicarboxylic anhydride, 3,5, 6-tricarboxy-2-carboxymethylnorbornane-2: 3,5:6-dianhydride, 2,4,6,8-tetracarboxybicyclo[3.3.0]octane-2:4,6 : 8- dianhydride, 4,9-dioxatricyclo[5.3.1.0''6]undec-3,5,8,10-tetraketone, and the like. Examples of the aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride include pyromellitic dianhydride and tetracarboxylic dianhydride described in Japanese Patent Application No. 20 1 0-97 1888. -49- 201235751 Among these tetracarboxylic dianhydrides, it is preferred that the alicyclic ring is 2,3,5-trimercaptocyclodecyl acetic acid two-needle or sulphuric acid two-needle, more acid dianhydride, particularly preferably 235 — & ,,,4_锿丁烷四carboxy々一·3,5-dicarboxy% pentyl acetic acid _ human • 丨, δ+* 〇 as 2,3,5-trimercaptocyclopentyl acetic acid dianhydride The amount of the tetracarboxylic acid two needles is relatively more than the total of the four, 2, 3, 4 - cyclobutane, more preferably 2 〇 m 〇 1% or more ~ needle, preferably - Μ) & Α τ® Λ " z * It consists of only 2,3,5-dicarboxyl-pentyl acetic acid dianhydride or i, 2 3 4_. The term "tetracarboxylic dianhydride" can be exemplified by, for example, a flavonoid diamine or an alicyclic ring: an organic oxaxanthene or an aromatic diamine. These diamined σ materials may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Examples of the aliphatic diamine include meta-xylene diamine, "--amine, oxime-butane diamine, pentamethylenediamine, 1,6-hexanediamine, and the like. 44, which is an alicyclic diamine, may, for example, be diaminocyclohexanone, methyl group: (cyclohexylamine), U-di(aminomercapto)cyclohexane or the like. I, as a diamine-based organic oxalate, can be exemplified by, for example, 1,3-bis(3-amine:propyl)-tetramethyldiazepine, and the Japanese Patent Publication No. 2009-97188. Diamine. As the aromatic diamine, for example, p-phenylenediamine, 4,4,-diaminodiphenyl, ρ Λ, -, 4 - diaminodiphenyl sulfide, 1,5 - 2 can be cited. Amino-amp; r, 4,4-diaminobiphenyl, .4,4,-diamino-2,2'-di(gas methyl), stupid, 2,7-diamino苐, 4,4,-diaminodiphenyl ether, 筅-[4-(4_;k-phenoxy)phenyl]propane, 9,9-bis(4-aminophenyl) 2'2 — [4-(4_Aminophenyloxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 2,2-di(4-indolyl)hexa-I-propan, 4,4'-(p-phenylene diisopropylidene Base) bis(aniline), -50- 201235751 4,4'-(m-phenylene isopropylidene) bis(aniline), anthracene, 4_bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, 4,4' - bis(4-aminophenoxy)biphenyl, 2,6-diaminopyridine, 3,4-diamine. ratio. D,2,4-diaminopyrimidine, 3,6-diaminoacridine, 3,6-diaminopurine, N-mercapto-3,6-diaminocarbazole, N-ethyl -3,6-diamino group. Cascade, N-phenyl-3,6-diaminocarbazole, n,N,-bis(4-aminophenyl)-benzidine, N,N'-bis(4-aminophenyl) _n,n,_Dimethylbenzidine, 1,4-bis(4-aminophenyl)pipera, 3,5-diaminobenzoic acid, dodecyloxy-2,4-diamine Benzobenzene, tetradecyloxy-2,4-diaminobenzene, pentadecyloxy-2,4-diaminobenzene, hexadecyloxy-2,4-diaminobenzene, eighteen Alkoxy-2,4-diaminobenzene, dodecyloxy-2,5-diaminobenzene, tetradecanedecyl-2,5-diaminobenzene, pentadecyloxy-2 ,5-diaminobenzene,hexadecanyloxy-2,5-diaminobenzene, octadecyloxy-2,5-diaminobenzene, cholestyloxy-3,5-diamine Benzobenzene, cholestyloxy-3,5-diaminobenzene, cholestyroxy-2,4-diaminobenzene, cholestyloxy-2,4-diaminobenzene, 3, 5_diaminobenzoic acid cholesteryl ester, 3,5-diaminobenzoic acid choline alkenyl ester, 3,5-January female basic citric acid wool residual vinegar, 3,6-two ( 4-Aminobenzoquinone-based oxy) Cholesterol, 3,6._bis(4-aminophenoxy)cholane, 4-(4,-trifluorodecyloxybenzylideneoxy) Cyclohexyl-3,5-diamine Benzoate, 4-(4,-trifluoromethylbenzylideneoxy)cyclohexyl-3,5-diaminobenzoate, (4-((aminophenyl)methyl)benzene _4_butylcyclohexane, ^-bis(4 ((aminophenyl)methyl)phenyl)-4-heptylcyclohexane, l,l-di(4-((aminobenzene) Oxy)methyl)phenyl)-4-heptylcyclohexane, 1,1-bis(4-((aminophenyl)methyl)phenyl)-4-(4-heptylcyclohexyl) Cyclohexane, 2,4-diamino-N,N-diallylaniline, aminobenzylamine, 3-aminobenzylamine, and a compound represented by the following formula (A-i), -51 - 201235751
(式(A-l)t,X1是碳原子數為1〜3的烷基、*_〇·、 COO或-〇c〇_。其中,帶「*」的連接鍵和二胺基苯基 連接。r是〇或i。s是〇〜2的整數。t是丨〜2〇的整數)。 作為聚醯胺酸的合成反應中使用的四羧酸二酐和二 胺化合物的使用比例,相對於丨當量二胺化合物中含有 的胺基,四羧酸二酐的酸酐基較佳為〇 2當量〜2當量, 更佳為0.3當量〜1.2當量。 合成反應較佳在有機溶劑中進行。作為反應溫度較 佳為-2(TC〜15〇t,更佳為〇t〜1〇(rc。作為反應時間較 佳為0.5小時〜24小時,更佳為2小時〜12小時。 作為有機溶劑,只要能溶解合成的聚醯胺酸的就沒 有特別的限定,能列舉出例如N_曱基_2_吡咯啶酮(NMp) 、N,N-二曱基乙醯胺、N,N_:甲基曱醯胺、N,N_二曱基 咪唑0疋酮、二甲基亞砜、γ- 丁内酯、四曱基脲、六曱基 磷醯二胺等非質子性極性溶劑;間曱酚、二甲酚、苯酚 、鹵代苯酚等酚性溶劑。 作為有機’谷劑的用量(a)相對於四叛酸二酐和二胺 化合物的總量(b)與有機溶劑的用量的總量(a+b),較 佳為0.1質量°/〇〜5〇質量。/〇,更佳為5質量%〜30質量。/〇。 反應後得到的聚醯胺酸溶液可以直接用於製備液晶 配向劑’也°Τ以在分離反應溶液中含有的聚醯胺酸後, 用於製備液晶配向劑,還可以將分離的聚醯胺酸精製後 -52- 201235751 ,用於製備液晶配向劑。作盔取减…、仏 作為聚醢胺酸的分離方法,能 列舉出例如將反應溶液注入士 叹立入大量的不良溶劑中,減壓下 乾燥得到的析出物的方法;#由蒸發器減壓餾出反應溶 液的方法等。作為聚醯胺酸的精製方法,能列舉出將分 離出的聚醯胺酸再次溶解^丨丨古_ >十,丄 丄 合解到有機溶劑中,在不良溶劑中 析出的方法;重複進扞丨+ + 逆仃1 -人或多次精由蒸發器減壓餾出 有機溶劑等的步驟的方法。 [聚醯亞胺] 聚 構脫水 為其前 的完全 水閉環 化物。 作 醯胺酸 醯胺酸 水閉環 稱作^ 行的方 醯亞胺能藉由將上述聚醯胺酸所具有的醯胺酸結 閉環,進行醯亞胺化而製造。聚醯亞胺可以是作 體的承醯胺酸所具有的醯胺酸結構全部脫水 酿亞胺化物;也可以只是醯胺酸結構的—部八: ’酿胺酸結構和醢亞胺環結構并存的部分^胺 為聚醯亞胺的合成方法’能列舉出例 的方法(《下,有時也稱作「方法⑴」),(); = 溶解在有機溶劑中,在該溶液中添加脫 ^ 催化劑,根據需要進行加熱的方法(以下,有a脫 法(11)」)等的藉由聚醯胺酸的脫水閉環處也 法。 應進 為方〜(i)中的反應溫度較佳為5 〇。匚〜2 〇 〇 為wt—not。反库加产不# + 更佳 反應狐度不足50 C時,無法充分 水閉環反應;如罢;5廄、、田许加,α “ 喂订脫 果反應皿度超過2〇crc,則所得 亞胺的分子量可At收M Me ^ C ^ 3 ♦醯 卫了此降低。作為反應時間較佳為〇 〜48小時,更佳為2小時〜2〇小時。 ·5小時 -53- 201235751 方法(1)中得到的聚醯亞胺可以直接用於製備液晶配 向劑,也可以在分離聚醯亞胺後,用於製備液晶配向劑 ,或者還可以將分離的聚醯亞胺精製後,或將得到的聚 醯亞胺精製後,用於製備液晶配向劑。 作為方法(ii)中的脫水劑,能列舉出例如乙酸酐、丙 酸酐、三氟乙酸酐等酸酐。 作為脫水劑的用量,根據所希望的醯亞胺化率適當 選擇’相對於1 mol聚醢胺酸的醯胺酸結構,較佳為 O.Olmol〜20mol ° 作為方法(ii)中的脫水閉環催化劑,能列舉出例如吼 啶、三甲基〇比咬、二甲基。比咬、三乙胺等。 作為脫水閉環催化劑的用量,相對於1 mol含有的脫 水劑’較佳為O.Olmol〜lOmol。另外’上述脫水劑和脫 水閉環劑的用量越多醯亞胺率越高。 作為方法(ii)中使用的有機溶劑,能列舉出例如和作 為合成聚醯胺酸使用的溶劑例示的有機溶劑相同的有機 溶劑等。 作為方法(i i)中的反應溫度較佳為〇 〜1 8 〇 ^,更佳 為l〇°C〜15(TC。作為反應時間較佳為0 5 ,ι ρ j υ小时〜2〇小時 ,更佳為1小時〜8小時。藉由使反應條件為上述範圍, 脫水閉環反應充分進行’而且能使得到的聚醯亞胺的分 子量適當。 在方法(Π)中’能得到含有聚酿亞胺的反應溶液。該 反應溶液可以直接用於製備液晶配向劑,;7 / 蜊也可以從反應 溶液除去脫水劑和脫水閉環催化劑後,用於制#、士 π於表備液晶配 ~ 54 - 201235751 向劑,迺可以分離聚醯亞胺後,用於製備液晶 或者將分離的聚醯亞胺精製後,用於製備液晶 作為從反應溶液除去脫水劑和脫水閉環催化劑 能列舉出例如溶劑置換的方法等。作為聚醯亞 方法和精製方法’能列舉出例如與作為聚醯胺 方法和精製方法而例示的同樣的方法等。 [乙烯基不飽和化合物聚合物] 作為[c]其他聚合物的乙烯基不飽和化合 ,能藉由使用公知的方法使公知的乙烯基不餘 聚合得到。例如,可以由 (a)含環氧基的乙烯基不飽和化合物(以下, 作「( a)」不飽和化合物)、 (b 1)乙烯性不飽和羧酸和/或聚合性不飽和 酐(以下,有時也稱作「(bl)」不飽和化合物) (a)不飽和化合物和(bl)不飽和化合物以外 不飽和化合物(以下,有時也稱作「(b2)」不飽 的共聚物(以下,有時也稱作「( A 1)共聚」 而得到。 作為(a)不飽和化合物,可以列舉出例如: (曱基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、α_乙基丙烯酸縮 α_正丙基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、α·正丁基丙烯 油自曰、(甲基)丙烯酸3,4_環氧丁酯、乙基丙 锿氧丁酯、(曱基)丙烯酸6,7_環氧庚酯、α_乙 6,7·環氧庚酯等; 作為(b 1)不飽和化合物,能列舉出例如: 配向劑, 配向劑。 丨的方法, .胺的分離 :酸的分離 物聚合物 !>和化合物 '有時也稱 ’多價羧酸 、以及 的聚合性 和化合物) & J )聚合 水甘油酯 酸縮水甘 烯酸3,4_ 基丙烯醆 -55- .201235751 (甲基)丙烯酸、巴豆酸、α_乙基丙埽酸、正 烯酸、α-正丁基丙烯酸、馬來酸、舍 α正内基丙 田馬釀、檸康酸、 康酸、衣康酸等不飽和繞酸類; 中 馬來酸酐、衣康酸酐、 康酸酐 ^ 、順],2,3 4 鄰苯二甲酸酐等不飽和多元羧酸酐類等; , 作為(b2)不飽和化合物’能列舉出例如. (曱基)丙炸酸2 -輕基乙g旨、(甲其、工^ _ Λ. (甲基)肉烯酸2-羥其① δ曰專(曱基)丙烤酸超基烧基酯類; *·丙 四氫 rr丞)丙烯 |叹^0曰、(甲其、 酸正丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯 土丙烯 日(τ丞)丙烯酸正丁狀 (曱基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第二丁酯 -曰、 烯&L第二丁酯等(甲基)丙烯酸烧基酯類; )丙 (甲基)丙烯酸環戊醋、(甲基)丙稀酸環己醋 丙稀酸2-甲基環己醋、(甲基)丙稀酸三環[521〇2甲基^ I基醋(以Τ,將三環[5.2丄〇2,6]癸_8_基稱作「二 = =)、(甲基)丙稀酸2_二環戊基氧基乙酿、(甲基)两^ /、佛鲷基酯等(甲基)丙烯酸脂環式酯類; 次(Formula (Al)t, X1 is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, *_〇·, COO or -〇c〇_. Among them, a bond having a "*" is bonded to a diaminophenyl group. r is 〇 or i. s is an integer of 〇~2. t is an integer of 丨~2〇). The ratio of use of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride and the diamine compound used in the synthesis reaction of polyproline is preferably 〇2 with respect to the amine group contained in the oxime equivalent diamine compound. Equivalent to 2 equivalents, more preferably 0.3 equivalents to 1.2 equivalents. The synthesis reaction is preferably carried out in an organic solvent. The reaction temperature is preferably -2 (TC~15〇t, more preferably 〇t~1〇(rc. The reaction time is preferably 0.5 hours to 24 hours, more preferably 2 hours to 12 hours.) as an organic solvent. There is no particular limitation as long as it can dissolve the synthesized polyamic acid, and examples thereof include N_mercapto-2-pyrrolidinone (NMp), N,N-dimercaptoacetamide, and N,N_: An aprotic polar solvent such as methyl decylamine, N,N-dimercaptoimidoxime, dimethyl sulfoxide, γ-butyrolactone, tetradecyl urea, hexamethylenephosphonium diamine; a phenolic solvent such as indophenol, xylenol, phenol, or halogenated phenol. The amount of the organic 'valency agent (a) relative to the total amount of the four tetrahydrous dianhydride and the diamine compound (b) and the amount of the organic solvent The total amount (a + b) is preferably 0.1 mass ° / 〇 ~ 5 〇 mass. / 〇, more preferably 5% by mass to 30 mass. / 〇. The polyglycine solution obtained after the reaction can be directly used for The liquid crystal alignment agent is prepared to be used for preparing a liquid crystal alignment agent after separating the polyamic acid contained in the reaction solution, and the separated polyamic acid can also be purified -52-201235751, For the preparation of the liquid crystal alignment agent, the method for separating the phthalocyanine, and the method for separating the lysine, for example, a method of injecting a reaction solution into a large amount of a poor solvent and drying the precipitate obtained under reduced pressure; a method of distilling off a reaction solution by an evaporator under reduced pressure, etc. As a method for purifying polylysine, it is exemplified that the separated polylysine is dissolved again. A method of precipitating in a poor solvent in an organic solvent; a method of repeating a step of extracting an organic solvent or the like by vacuum distillation under reduced pressure of 1 - human or multiple times by distillation. [Polyimide] Polymerization Dehydration is the complete water-closed compound before it. The ring closure of the proline acid hydrazide water ring can be called ruthenium imine by ring closure of the proline complex of the poly-proline. It can be produced. Polyimine can be the proline acid structure of the living body, which can be made up of all the dehydrated aminated imides; or it can be only the structure of the proline structure. a part of the amine with an imine ring structure is a polyimine The method of the present invention can be exemplified by the method (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as "method (1)"), (); = dissolved in an organic solvent, and a catalyst is added to the solution, and heating is carried out as needed ( In the following, there is a method of dehydration ring closure of poly-proline by a method of a (11)"), etc. The reaction temperature in the square ~(i) is preferably 5 〇. 匚~2 〇〇 Wt-not. Anti-Caojia production does not # + better response when the fox is less than 50 C, can not adequately close the water ring reaction; such as; 5 廄,, Tian Xujia, α "feeding and fruit removal reaction degree more than 2 〇 For crc, the molecular weight of the obtained imine can be adjusted to M Me ^ C ^ 3 ♦ to defend against this decrease. The reaction time is preferably from 〇 to 48 hours, more preferably from 2 hours to 2 hours. ·5 hours-53- 201235751 The polyimine obtained in the method (1) can be directly used for preparing a liquid crystal alignment agent, or can be used for preparing a liquid crystal alignment agent after separating the polyimine, or can be separated. After the polyimine is refined, or the obtained polyimine is refined, it is used to prepare a liquid crystal alignment agent. The dehydrating agent in the method (ii) may, for example, be an acid anhydride such as acetic anhydride, propionic anhydride or trifluoroacetic anhydride. As the amount of the dehydrating agent, the guanidine structure relative to 1 mol of polyaminic acid is appropriately selected according to the desired hydrazine imidization ratio, preferably O.Olmol to 20 mol ° as the dehydration ring closure in the method (ii). The catalyst may, for example, be acridine, trimethylpyrene, or dimethyl. Than bite, triethylamine, etc. The amount of the dehydration ring-closure catalyst used is preferably from 0.01 mol to 10 mol with respect to 1 mol of the dehydrating agent. Further, the more the amount of the above dehydrating agent and the water-removing ring-closing agent, the higher the yield of quinone. The organic solvent used in the method (ii) may, for example, be the same organic solvent as the organic solvent exemplified as the solvent used for the synthesis of the polyamic acid. The reaction temperature in the method (ii) is preferably 〇~1 8 〇^, more preferably l〇°C~15 (TC. The reaction time is preferably 0 5 , ι ρ j υ hr to 2 〇 hours, More preferably, it is 1 hour to 8 hours. By setting the reaction conditions to the above range, the dehydration ring-closure reaction proceeds sufficiently 'and the molecular weight of the obtained polyimine can be appropriately set. In the method (Π), it can be obtained. A reaction solution of an amine. The reaction solution can be directly used for preparing a liquid crystal alignment agent; 7 / 蜊 can also be used to remove the dehydrating agent and the dehydration ring-closing catalyst from the reaction solution, and then used for making a liquid crystal with a liquid crystal. 201235751 A reagent, which can be used for preparing a liquid crystal or refining a separated polyimine, and then preparing the liquid crystal for removing a dehydrating agent from the reaction solution and a dehydration ring-closing catalyst, for example, solvent replacement. The method and the purification method can be exemplified by the same method as the polyamine method and the purification method, etc. [Vinyl unsaturated compound polymer] As [c] other polymer The vinyl group is unsaturated and can be obtained by polymerizing a known vinyl group by a known method. For example, (a) an epoxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated compound (hereinafter, "(a)" may not be used. a saturated compound), (b 1) an ethylenically unsaturated carboxylic acid, and/or a polymerizable unsaturated anhydride (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as a "(bl)" unsaturated compound) (a) an unsaturated compound and (bl) no An unsaturated compound other than a saturated compound (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "(b2)" unsaturated copolymer (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "(A 1) copolymerization") is obtained as (a) an unsaturated compound. For example, (fluorenyl) glycidyl acrylate, α-ethyl acrylate α-n-propyl acrylate glycidyl ester, α·n-butyl propylene oil from hydrazine, (meth)acrylic acid 3, 4 — ring Oxybutyl butyl ester, ethyl propyl oxybutyl acrylate, 6,7 epoxide heptyl acrylate, α _ 6,6 epoxide heptyl ester, etc.; as (b 1) unsaturated compound, it can be enumerated For example: alignment agent, alignment agent. Method of hydrazine, separation of amine: acid isolate polymer! > The compound 'sometimes also called 'polyvalent carboxylic acid, and the polymerizability and compound') & J) Polymerized water glycidyl acid glycidic acid 3,4-based propylene oxime-55- .201235751 (meth)acrylic acid, croton Acid, α-ethylpropionic acid, decenoic acid, α-n-butylacrylic acid, maleic acid, s-n-n-propenyl acetonitrile, citraconic acid, benic acid, itaconic acid, etc. ; an unsaturated polycarboxylic acid anhydride such as maleic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, tococanic anhydride, cis], 2,3 4 phthalic anhydride, etc.; as (b2) unsaturated compound, for example,曱基)propyl benzoic acid 2 - light base 乙 克, (甲其,工^ _ Λ. (methyl) oleic acid 2-hydroxyl 1 δ 曰 special (fluorenyl) propylene benzoic acid super carbyl ester *; · 1,4-tetrahydro rr 丞) propylene | sing ^ 0 曰, (methic acid, n-propyl acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate propylene day (τ 丞) acrylic acid n-butyl (fluorenyl) acrylic acid Isobutyl acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid alkyl ester such as dibutyl acrylate (meth) acrylate, styrene & butyl second ester; (meth)acrylic acid cyclopenta vinegar, (methyl) C Dilute acid cyclohexaacetic acid 2-methylcyclohexane vinegar, (methyl) acrylic acid tricyclo [521 〇 2 methyl ^ I vinegar (to Τ, will be tricyclic [5.2 丄〇 2, 6]癸_8_ group is called "di ==", (meth)acrylic acid 2_dicyclopentyloxyethyl, (methyl) bis, / phorsyl ester (meth) acrylate Cyclic esters;
(甲基)丙烯酸苯酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯等(甲基 酸芳酯類; & W 馬來I—乙g曰、虽馬酸二乙酯、衣康酸二乙酯等不 飽和二元缓酸二醋類; N-苯基馬來醯亞胺、N_节基馬來醯亞胺、n_環己基 馬來醯亞胺、N_琥珀醯亞胺基-3-馬來醯亞胺苯f酸酯、 心琥帕醯亞胺基_4_馬來醯亞胺丁酸酯、N_琥拍醯亞胺基 -6-馬來醯亞胺己酸酯、N_琥珀醯亞胺基_3_馬來醯亞胺丙 -56- 201235751 來醯亞胺等不飽和二羰基醯亞胺 酸酯、n-(9_吖啶基)馬 衍生物; (曱基)丙烯腈 乙稀化合物; α-氣丙烯腈、氰基化亞乙烯等氰基化 (曱基)丙烯醯 和醯胺化合物; 本乙稀、α-甲 乙烯、乙烯基曱笨 合物; 胺、Ν,Ν-二曱基(曱基)丙烯醯胺等不飽 基笨乙烯、間-曱基苯乙烯、對甲基苯 、對甲氧基苯乙烯等芳香族乙烯基化 吁郎衍生物類, 1,3 -丁二歸、異六一 軛 等 烯類化合物;以 、2,3-二甲基-1少丁二烯等共 及氣乙烯、偏氯乙烯、醋酸乙烯酯 在(Α1)共聚物中, 的含有率相對於全來自(a)不飽和化合物的結構單元 h王那杜播结 _ 量%,更佳為20質旦早兀,較佳為10質量%〜70質 、里%)〜6 (")哲曰。/ 化合物的結構單元的她-里。,作為來自(b 1)不飽和 佳為5質量%〜4〇 f%含有率相對於全部結構單元,較 作為來自(b2)不飽和Π,更佳為10質量%〜30質量% ’ 全部結構單元,較< °物的結構單元的含有率相對於 哲I 1 〜、1〇質量%〜7〇質量%,更佳為20 聚合引發劑的存在下 不飽和化合物。作為 成聚醯胺酸使用的溶 等。 (Α1)共聚物能在適當的溶劑和 ,例如藉由使自由基聚合來合成各 有機溶劑,能列舉出例如與作為合 劑例示的有機溶劑相同的有機溶= -57- 201235751 作為聚合引 2,2,-偶氮二1劑’能列舉出例如: 、2,2’-偶氮二、(/、腈、2,2 -偶氮二-(2,4-二甲基戊腈) ; '氣基_2,4·二甲基戊腈)等偶氮化合物 過氧化笨甲醯、屬 丁酯、M,-二(第-、氧化月桂醯、過氧化新戊酸第三 ; 二丁基過氧化)環己烷等有機過氧化物 過氧化氫; 由這些過氧化 等。這些聚合y 矛還原劑形成的氧化還原型引發劑 [沒有光配向性義:蜊能單獨或混合兩種以上使用。 ^ ^ B ^的聚有機矽氧烷] 5玄液日日配向劑除了 ,還可以進—步含 -向性聚有機矽氧烷以外 基團的$彳機 作為[C]其他聚合物的沒有光配向性 矽氧烷,較佳為由且 马〉又有先配向性基團的聚有機 機矽氧烷、其水鏟:有下述式Ο3所示的結構單元的聚有 中選出m種。及其水解物的縮合物所構成的群組 配向性基團:聚有機:1二該=配向劑包含沒有光 有機彻的大部分只要;:’二有“向性基團的聚 機石夕氧烧獨立地存在,另 4的[A]光配向性聚有 有機石夕負部分可以作為[A]光配向性聚 有機矽氧烷的縮合物的形式存在。 X2Phenyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, etc. (aryl methacrylates; & W Malay I-ethyl hydrazine, although diethyl malate, diethyl itaconate, etc. Saturated binary acid-lowic acid diacetate; N-phenyl maleimide, N-membered maleimide, n-cyclohexylmaleimide, N_amber quinone imine-3-mar醯imino benzene f-ester, heart sulphonide imino group _4_maleimide butyrate, N-sodium bromide imine-6-maleimide caproate, N_ Amber quinone imine _3_maleimide propyl-56- 201235751 unsaturated dicarbonyl sulfenic acid ester such as quinone imine, n-(9-acridinyl) horse derivative; Acrylonitrile ethylene compound; cyanated (fluorenyl) acrylonitrile and decylamine compounds such as α-gas acrylonitrile and cyanated vinylene; the present ethylene, α-methylethylene, vinyl fluorene complex; amine, Anthracene, anthracene-dithiol (fluorenyl) acrylamide, etc., such as unsaturated vinyl, m-phenylstyrene, p-methylbenzene, p-methoxystyrene, etc. , 1,3 - butyl dioxin, isohexyl yoke and other olefinic compounds; with 2, 3 - 2 The content ratio of acetylene, vinylidene chloride and vinyl acetate in the (Α1) copolymer is lower than that of all structural units derived from (a) unsaturated compounds. _% by weight, more preferably 20 quality denier, preferably 10% by mass to 70%, and %)~6 ("). / The structural unit of the compound in her - in. , as a content of (b 1) unsaturated, preferably 5 mass% to 4 〇f%, relative to all structural units, more preferably from (b2) unsaturated hydrazine, more preferably 10% by mass to 30% by mass 'all structures The unit has a content ratio of the structural unit of the <° relative to the mass I 1 〜1 〇% by mass to 7% by mass, more preferably 20 in the presence of a polymerization initiator. It is used as a solution for the formation of polyglycolic acid. (Α1) The copolymer can be synthesized in a suitable solvent and, for example, by radical polymerization, and the organic solvent is the same as the organic solvent exemplified as the mixture, for example, -57-201235751. The 2,-azo 2 1 agent can be exemplified by, for example, 2,2'-azobis, (/, nitrile, 2,2-azobis-(2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile); Azo compounds such as gas-based 2,4·dimethylvaleronitrile), benzoic acid, butyl ester, M,-di (first, oxidized laurel, third peroxypivalate; dibutyl Peroxidation of organic peroxides such as cyclohexane; by these peroxidation and the like. Redox initiators formed by these polymeric y spear reducing agents [No photoalignment: 蜊 can be used alone or in combination of two or more. ^ ^ B ^ polyorganosiloxane [5], in addition to the Japanese enzymatic agent, can also be used as a [C] other polymer without the addition of a group other than a polyorganosiloxane. The photo-aligned oxime, preferably a polyorganosiloxane having a first-aligned group, and a water shovel: one selected from the group consisting of structural units represented by the following formula Ο3 . a group-aligning group composed of a condensate of the hydrolyzate thereof: polyorganism: 1 2 which = the alignment agent contains most of the organic light without the organic matter;: 'the two have a directional group The oxygen burning is independently present, and the other 4 [A] photoalignment polyorganisms can be present as a condensate of the [A] photoalignment polyorganosiloxane.
I ~Si—ΟΥ2 -58- (5) 201235751 上述式(5)中,a絲苴上 X疋心基、鹵原子、碳原 的烷基、碳原子叙 数為1〜6的烷氧基或碳原. 的芳基。Y2是羥其―、山店上也 基或奴原子數為1〜10的烧 作為原子勤· & ·! 。Λ 歎為1〜20的烷基,能列舉出 或支鏈狀的甲基、r旦 ^„ 乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基I ~Si—ΟΥ2 -58- (5) 201235751 In the above formula (5), an alkyl group on a silk enthalpy, a halogen atom, an alkyl group of a carbon atom, an alkoxy group having a carbon atom number of 1 to 6 or Carbon atom. The aryl group. Y2 is a hydroxy-, a mountain-based or a slave atomic number of 1 to 10 as an atomic diligent & The alkyl group having a singularity of 1 to 20 can be exemplified by a branched or branched methyl group, a rhenium group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, and a pentyl group.
基、辛基、壬基、八jBL I 癸基、十一烷基、十二燒 基、十四烷基、 卞五坑基、十六烧基、十七 烷基、十九烷基、二十烷基等。 作為碳原子數A 1 M A t β 数為1〜6的烷氧基,能列舉 基 乙氧基、正两爱其_、里;«· 7乳丞異丙軋基、正丁氧 基0 作為碳原子數為6〜2〇的芳基,能列舉迁 萘基等。 沒有光配向性基團的聚有機矽氧烷能藉 烧氧基石夕烷化合物和齒化石夕院化合物所構成 出的至少一種矽烷化合物(以下,也稱作「原 物」),較佳為在適當的有機溶劑甲,在水和 在下,水解或水解、縮合而合成。 作為原料矽烷化合物,能列舉出例如: 四曱氧基矽烷、四乙氧基矽烷、四正丙 四異丙氡基矽烷、四正丁氧基矽烷、四第二 、四第三丁氧基矽烷、四氯代矽烷等; 甲基三甲氧基矽烷、甲基三乙氧基矽烷 丙氧基矽烷、甲基三異丙氧基矽烷、甲基三 院、甲基三第二丁氧基矽烷、甲基三第三 子數為1〜20 F數為6〜20 乾基。 例如直鏈狀 、己基、庚 基、十三烷 烷基、十八 出例如甲氧 基、異丁氧 例如苯基、 由例如將由 的群組中選 料矽烷化合 催化劑的存 氧基發燒、 丁乳基碎燒 、甲基三正 正丁氣基矽 氧基砂燒、 -59- 201235751 甲基二苯氧基石夕烷、曱基三氣代矽烷、乙基三曱氧基矽 烷、乙基三乙氧基矽烷、乙基三正丙氧基矽烷、乙基三 異丙氧基矽烷、乙基三正丁氧基矽烷、乙基三第二丁氧 基矽烷、乙基二第三丁氧基矽烷、乙基三氯代矽烷、苯 基二甲氧基矽烷、苯基三乙氧基矽烷、苯基三氯代矽烷 等; 一曱基一甲氧基矽烷、二曱基二乙氧基矽烷、二曱 基二氯代矽烷等; 二曱基甲氧基矽烷、三曱基乙氧基矽烷、三曱基氯 代矽烷等。 此等之令’較佳為四曱氧基矽烷 '四乙氧基矽烷、 甲基二甲氧基矽烷、曱基三乙氧基矽烷、苯基三曱氧基 矽烷、苯基三乙氧基矽烷、二曱基二甲氧基矽烷、二曱 基二乙氧基矽烷、三甲基甲氧基矽烷或三甲基乙氧基矽 烷。 在合成沒有光配向性基團的聚有機矽氧烷時,作為 能任意使用的有機溶劑,能列舉出例如醇化合物、嗣化 合物、醯胺化合物、酯化合物或者其他非質子性化合物 。此等可以單獨或混合兩種以上使用。 口 作2合成沒有光配向性基團的聚有機矽氧烷時使用 的水的里’相對於原料石夕烧化合物所具有的烧氧基和齒 原子總計】_1,較佳為0.01mol〜1〇〇m〇1,更佳為 Ο·1ιηο1 〜30m〇I,特佳為 lmol〜1.5mol。 作為在合成沒有光配向性基團的聚有機矽氧烷時能 使用的催化劑’能列舉出例如金屬螯合物、有機酸、無 -60- 201235751 一有機鹼、鹼金屬化合物、鹼土類金屬化合物、胺 匕們可以單獨或組合兩種以上使用。 旦+於]00貝量份原料矽烷化合物,作為催化劑的 :f,較佳為0.001質量份〜10質量份,更佳& 〇 〇〇1質 置份〜1質量份。 &成又矣光配向性基團的聚有機矽氧烷時所添加的 ::間斷地或連續地添加到在作為原料的矽烷化合物 =或錢化合物溶解到有機溶劑形成的溶液中。催化劑 、容加到作為原料㈣燒化合物中機化合物 “劑形成的溶液中,也可以溶解或分 添加的水中。 :為合成沒有光配向性基團的聚有機碎氧燒時的反 =度’車交佳為(rc〜10(rc,更佳為说〜 應時間輕祛蛊Λ < , + 丨卜马反 η 小時〜24小時,更佳為1小時〜8小時。 =晶配向劑在含有[c]其他聚合物時’雖然作為 ,、聚合物的含有比例根據[c]其他聚合物的種類而 佳為ΐΓ對於⑽f量份[A]光配向性聚有機⑦氧境,較 佳為10,000質量份以下。 早又 〈其他的任意成分〉 含有::晶配向劑在不損害本發明的效果的範圍内,能夠 一兩個以上由[D]羧酸的乙縮醛酯結構、鲮酸 ㈣結構、羧酸的丨_烷基環烷基I结構和羧酸的第三丁美 ^構所構成的群組中選出的至少—種的結構的化合^ 有時也稱為「含酯結構的化合物八 具右5,1、, 刀千内 、 夕一個環氧基的化合物(以下,有時也稱為「環氧 -61 - .201235751 化合物」)、官能性矽烷化合物、界面活性劑、光增感劑 等。以下’對這些其他的任意成分進行詳細說明。 [[D]含酯結構的化合物] 該液晶配向劑藉由含有[D]含酯結構的化合物,在熱 處理步驟中產生酸’由產生的酸促使[A]光配向性聚有機 矽氧烷的交聯,其結果能夠進一步提高得到的相位差薄 膜的熱穩定性。該液晶配向劑藉由含有[D]含酯結構的化 合物’能形成耐熱性等優異的液晶配向膜。 [D]含酯結構的化合物是在分子内具有兩個以上由 羧酸的乙縮醛酯結構、羧酸的縮酮酯結構、羧酸的1 _烷 基環烷基酯結構和羧酸的第三丁酯結構所構成的群組中 選出的至少一種的結構的化合物]D]含酯結構的化合物 可以是具有兩個以上這些結構中相同種類的結構的化合 物,也可以是具有組合兩個以上這些結構中的不同種類 的、。構的化&物。作為上述含有叛酸的縮魅I结構的基 團,能列舉出下述式(D])和式(D_2)所示的基團, R13 —〇-〇-CH^〇_r14 (d_” Ο (式(D-1)中,ρΐ314 R和R各自獨立地是碳眉早叙1 n 的烷基、碳原子數 火原子數1〜2 双為3〜10的脂環某圍、石声店 的芳基或碳原子金 人原子數為6〜1 π子數為7〜10的芳烷基。 式(D-2)中, nl是2〜10的整數)。 -62- 201235751 上述式(D-i)中的Rl3中,作為碳原 基,較佳為甲基;作 數為1〜20的烷 佳為環己基;作為Γ 數為3〜10的脂環基團,較 作為妷原子數為6〜1()的芳 平又 :作為碳原子數為 Λ 車乂佳為苯基 14 〜1 0的芳烧基,較佳為芊| R的碳原子數為L的院 二f。作為 子數為心:二數:3〜10的脂環基團,較佳為碳原 曰]月曰%基團;作為碳 ,較佳為苯基;作A 為6〜1Q的芳基 卞马石反原子數為7〜10的芳焓其λ 节基或2_苯基乙基。作為式(叫中U較:為 基乙I:式=二基團,W 基幾基、…2= 幾基、b正丙氧基乙氧 基4第二丁 炭基、b異丁氧基乙氧基幾 :]乳基乙氧基幾基、“第三丁氧 基、1-%己氧基乙囊其p龙 乳基极 其】—《 氧基叛基、卜降茨燒基氧基乙氧基幾 土、1-本乳基乙氧基幾基、(環己基)(甲氧 = 、(環己基)(環己基氧基)甲童 氧基极基 甲氧基幾基、(環己美二::基、(環己基)(苯氧基) I衣已基)(卞基氧基)甲氧基羰基 =甲Λ㈣基、(苯基)(環己基氧基)甲氧基幾:、( ΓΛ本二L氧基羰基、(苯基)(,基氧基)甲氧基幾基 其Λ 基)甲氧基羰基々基)(環己基氧基)甲氧 甲氧基幾基等。 氧基友基、(节基)(节基氧基) 作為上述式(D-2)所示的基團,能列舉出例如2 呋喃氧基羰基、2-四氫^比喃氧基羰基等。 呈 -63- 201235751 此等之中,較佳為1-乙氧基乙氧基羰基、1-正丙氧 基乙氧基幾基、1-環己基氧基乙氧基幾基、2 -四氮σ夫喃 氧基幾基、2 -四氳°比喃氧基幾基。 作為上述含有羧酸的縮酮酯結構的基團,能列舉出 例如下述式(D-3)〜(D-5)所示的基團, R15Base, octyl, decyl, octa-jBL I fluorenyl, undecyl, dodecyl, tetradecyl, pentane, hexadecane, heptadecyl, nonadecyl, two Decylene and the like. Examples of the alkoxy group having a carbon number of A 1 MA t β of 1 to 6 include a ethoxy group, a ruthenium group, and a ruthenium group; The aryl group having 6 to 2 carbon atoms may, for example, be a naphthyl group. The polyorganosiloxane having no photo-alignment group can be at least one decane compound (hereinafter, also referred to as "original") composed of an alkoxyline compound and a dentate compound, preferably A suitable organic solvent, A, is synthesized in water and under hydrolysis, hydrolysis or condensation. The starting decane compound may, for example, be tetradecyloxydecane, tetraethoxydecane, tetra-n-propyltetraisopropyldecyldecane, tetra-n-butoxydecane, tetra- or tetra-butoxybutane. , tetrachlorodecane, etc.; methyltrimethoxydecane, methyltriethoxynonanepropoxydecane, methyltriisopropoxydecane, methyltrimethylene, methyltris-2-butoxydecane, The third sub-number of methyl three is 1~20 F number is 6~20 dry basis. For example, a linear chain, a hexyl group, a heptyl group, a tridecylalkyl group, an octadecyl group such as a methoxy group, an isobutoxy group such as a phenyl group, and an oxygen group derived from, for example, a decane compound catalyst selected from the group, Latex-based calcination, methyl tri-n-n-butane-based decyloxylate, -59- 201235751 methyldiphenoxy oxazide, decyl trioxane, ethyltrimethoxy decane, ethyl three Ethoxy decane, ethyl tri-n-propoxy decane, ethyl triisopropoxy decane, ethyl tri-n-butoxy decane, ethyl tri-n-butoxy decane, ethyl di-t-butoxy Decane, ethyltrichlorodecane, phenyldimethoxydecane, phenyltriethoxydecane, phenyltrichlorodecane, etc.; monodecylmonomethoxynonane, dimercaptodiethoxydecane , dimercaptodichlorodecane, etc.; dimercaptomethoxy decane, tridecyl ethoxy decane, tridecyl chlorodecane, and the like. Such orders are preferably tetradecyloxydecane'tetraethoxydecane, methyldimethoxydecane, mercaptotriethoxydecane, phenyltrimethoxydecane, phenyltriethoxy. Decane, dimercaptodimethoxydecane, dimercaptodiethoxydecane, trimethylmethoxydecane or trimethylethoxydecane. In the case of synthesizing a polyorganosiloxane having no photo-alignment group, examples of the organic solvent which can be used arbitrarily include an alcohol compound, a ruthenium compound, a guanamine compound, an ester compound or other aprotic compound. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The amount of the alkoxy group and the tooth atom of the water used in the synthesis of the polyorganosiloxane having no photo-alignment group is preferably 0.001, preferably 0.01 mol to 1 〇〇m〇1, more preferably Ο·1ιηο1 〜30m〇I, particularly preferably from 1 mol to 1.5 mol. The catalyst which can be used in the synthesis of the polyorganosiloxane having no photo-alignment group can be exemplified by, for example, a metal chelate compound, an organic acid, no-60-201235751, an organic base, an alkali metal compound, or an alkaline earth metal compound. Amines can be used singly or in combination of two or more. The raw material decane compound is used as a catalyst: f, preferably 0.001 parts by mass to 10 parts by mass, more preferably & 〇 〇〇1 parts by weight to 1 part by mass. & Adding a polyorganosiloxane which is a fluorene-aligning group is added intermittently or continuously to a solution in which a decane compound as a raw material = or a money compound is dissolved in an organic solvent. The catalyst is added to the water which is dissolved or added to the solution which is formed as a raw material in the raw material (four)-burning compound. The reverse degree of the polyorgano-oxygen burning without the photo-alignment group is synthesized. Cars are good for (rc~10 (rc, better for saying ~ should be time 祛蛊Λ <, + 丨 马 反 反 〜 〜 24 hours, more preferably 1 hour ~ 8 hours. = crystal matching agent in When the [c] other polymer is contained, the ratio of the polymer is preferably 根据 to (10) f parts by weight of the [10] photo-aligned polyorgano 7-oxo, preferably. 10,000 parts by mass or less. Early <other optional components> Contains: The crystal alignment agent can have one or two or more acetal ester structures of [D] carboxylic acid, tannic acid, within a range not impairing the effects of the present invention. (4) The structure, the 丨-alkylcycloalkyl I structure of the carboxylic acid, and the structure of at least one selected from the group consisting of the third carboxylic acid structure of the carboxylic acid are sometimes referred to as "ester-containing structures" a compound of eight compounds with a right 5,1, a knife, and an epoxy group (hereinafter, sometimes It is called "epoxy-61 - .201235751 compound", a functional decane compound, a surfactant, a photosensitizer, etc. The following is described in detail. [[D] The ester-containing compound The liquid crystal alignment agent can cause the acid of the [A] photo-aligned polyorganosiloxane to be cross-linked by the acid generated by the compound containing the [D] ester-containing structure in the heat treatment step, and the result can be further improved. Thermal stability of the phase difference film. The liquid crystal alignment agent can form a liquid crystal alignment film excellent in heat resistance and the like by the compound [D] containing an ester structure. [D] The ester-containing compound has two molecules in the molecule. More than one selected from the group consisting of an acetal structure of a carboxylic acid, a ketal ester structure of a carboxylic acid, a 1-alkylcycloalkyl ester structure of a carboxylic acid, and a third butyl ester structure of a carboxylic acid A compound of a structure] D] The compound having an ester structure may be a compound having a structure of the same kind in two or more of these structures, or may be a combination of two or more of these structures. The group represented by the following formula (D]) and formula (D_2), R13 - 〇-〇-CH^〇_r14 ( D_" Ο (In the formula (D-1), ρΐ314 R and R are each independently an alkyl group having a carbon eyebrow early 1 n, a carbon atom number of 1 to 2, and a double ring of 3 to 10, The aryl or carbon atom of the Shishengdian is an aralkyl group having a 6 to 1 π subnumber of 7 to 10. In the formula (D-2), nl is an integer of 2 to 10.) -62- 201235751 In Rl3 in the above formula (Di), a methyl group is preferably a methyl group; an alkane having a number of 1 to 20 is preferably a cyclohexyl group; and an alicyclic group having a number of 3 to 10 is used as a hydrazine group. The aryl group having an atomic number of 6 to 1 () is further preferably an aryl group having a carbon number of Λ, and preferably a phenyl group of 14 to 10, preferably 芊|R having a carbon number of L. The number of the sub-numbers is two: 3 to 10 alicyclic groups, preferably a carbon ruthenium ruthenium group; as carbon, preferably a phenyl group; and A is 6 to 1 Q aryl hydrazine The anti-atomic number of the stone is 7 to 10, and its λ group or 2_phenylethyl group. As a formula (referred to as U: is a group I: formula = two groups, W group, ... 2 = a few groups, b n-propoxy ethoxy 4 second butanyl, b isobutoxy Ethoxy: a lactyl ethoxy group, a "third butoxy group, a 1-% hexyloxy group, and a p-long-milk base" - "oxy-rebase, Ethoxylate, 1-merylethoxymethyl, (cyclohexyl) (methoxy =, (cyclohexyl) (cyclohexyloxy) methoxyl methoxy group, (ring己美二:: group, (cyclohexyl) (phenoxy) I hexyl) (fluorenyloxy) methoxycarbonyl = formazan (tetra), (phenyl) (cyclohexyloxy) methoxy :, ( ΓΛ 二 L L-oxycarbonyl, (phenyl) (, oxy) methoxyl group, decyl) methoxycarbonyl fluorenyl) (cyclohexyloxy) methoxymethoxy group Oxyl group, (nodal group) (nodal group oxy group) The group represented by the above formula (D-2) includes, for example, 2 furanyloxycarbonyl group, 2-tetrahydropyranyloxycarbonyl group. Etc. -63- 201235751 Among these, 1-ethoxyethoxycarbonyl, 1-n-propoxyethoxy group is preferred. a 1-cyclohexyloxyethoxy group, a 2 -tetrazirconium-oxycarbonyloxy group, a 2 -tetrahydropyranyloxy group, and a group containing the ketal ester structure of the above carboxylic acid, For example, a group represented by the following formula (D-3) to (D-5), R15
I -C — 0 — C-Ο R" ( D - 3 )I -C — 0 — C-Ο R" ( D - 3 )
II I o R16 01 cyo R18li、 n2 H2 c.II I o R16 01 cyo R18li, n2 H2 c.
4 I D o 9 R1 ο - cy ο ο——c. η3 Η2 c. D-5 (式(D-3)中,R15是碳原子數為1〜12的烷基。R16和 R17各自獨立地是碳原子數1〜12的烷基、碳原子數為 3〜20的脂環基團 '碳原子數為6〜20的芳基或碳原子數 為7〜20的芳烷基。 式(D-4)中,R18是碳原子數為1~12的烷基。n2是 2〜8的整數, 式(D-5)中,R19是碳原子數為1〜12的烷基。是 2〜8的整數)。 作為上述式(D-3)中的R15的碳原子數為1〜12的烷基 ,較佳為甲基;作為R16中的碳原子數為1〜12的烷基, -64- 201235751 較佳為甲基;作為碳原子數為3〜 環己基;作為碳原子數為 A 7基團,較佳為 為碳原子數為7〜2。的較佳為苯基;作 碳原子數為7〜 土較么·為卞基。作為R丨7的 作為碳原子數為、:土交佳為碳原子數為1〜6的烷義 …“ 〇的脂環基團,較估b 6〜10的脂環基團。作為碳原乂佳為奴原子數為 為苯基。作為碳原子數為7〜2〇 : 6〜20的芳基,較佳 2_苯基乙基。作為式(D-4)令的基’較佳為节基或 炫基,較佳為子基。作為n2較佳二碳原子數為1〜12的 中的Rl9的碳原子數為丨〜^的,其或4。作為式(D-5) n3較佳為3或4。 疋土,較佳為甲基。作為 乍為上述式(D-3)所示的基團,处 小甲氧基乙氧基幾基、丄甲基_ Μ舉出例⑹1-甲基 1-甲基-1-正丁氧基乙氧基羰基 丙:基乙氧基羰基、 基幾基、“甲基第二丁氧二-丄·異丁氧基乙氧 三丁氧基乙氧基幾基、i_甲基甲基-1-第 、卜甲基小降茨烷基氧基乙氧基土基乙氧基幾基 乙氧基幾基、κ甲基小节氧基乙氣二r基]-苯氧基 乙氧基乙氣基幾基、K環己基小甲;:::1其甲基]-苯 環己基小環己氧基乙氧基幾基”土,基幾基、i-基幾基、1-苯基小甲氧基乙氧基本氧基乙氧 乙氧基幾基、1-苯基]-苯氧基乙二二本基小乙氧基 氧基乙氧基幾基、节基小甲氧卜基、丨_苯基节 環己氧基乙氧基幾基、i-节基幾基、卜爷基 节基小节氧基乙氧基幾基等。*氧基乙氧基'炭基、 -65- 201235751 作為上述式(D-4)所示的基團,能列舉出例如2_(2_ 甲基四氫呋喃基)氧基羰基、2-(2_曱基四氣吡喃基)氧基 羰基等。 1 作為上述式(D-5)所示的基團,能列舉出例如丨_曱氧 基環戊基氧基羰基、1_甲氧基環己基氧基羰基等。 此等之中,較佳為丨_曱基曱氧基乙氡基羰基、i 甲基-1-環己基氧基乙氧基羰基。 作為上述含有羧酸的丨_烷基環烷基酯結構的基團, 能列舉出下述式(D-6)所示的基團, R204 ID o 9 R1 ο - cy ο ο -c. η3 Η2 c. D-5 (In the formula (D-3), R15 is an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. R16 and R17 are each independently An alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alicyclic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms or an aralkyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms. In 4), R18 is an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, n2 is an integer of 2 to 8, and in the formula (D-5), R19 is an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Integer). The alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms of R15 in the above formula (D-3) is preferably a methyl group; and the alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms in R16 is preferably -64 to 201235751. It is a methyl group; the number of carbon atoms is 3 to cyclohexyl; and the number of carbon atoms is A 7 group, preferably 7 to 2 carbon atoms. Preferably, it is a phenyl group; the number of carbon atoms is 7~ soil is 卞. The R 丨 7 is an alicyclic group having a carbon number of from 1 to 6 and is preferably an alicyclic group having a carbon number of from 1 to 6 and an alicyclic group of b 6 to 10 as a carbon source. The number of atoms in the group is phenyl. The aryl group having a carbon number of 7 to 2 〇: 6 to 20 is preferably a 2-phenylethyl group. The base of the formula (D-4) is preferred. Preferably, it is a subunit, and as a n2, the number of carbon atoms of Rl9 in which the number of carbon atoms is from 1 to 12 is 丨~^, or 4 is obtained as the formula (D-5). N3 is preferably 3 or 4. Alumina, preferably a methyl group. As a group represented by the above formula (D-3), a small methoxyethoxy group, a hydrazine methyl group Example (6) 1-methyl 1-methyl-1-n-butoxyethoxycarbonylpropyl: ethoxycarbonyl, benzyl, "methyl second butoxy-di-anthracene-isobutoxy ethoxylate Tributoxyethoxy group, i-methylmethyl-1-yl, methyl-methyl-decyloxyethoxyethoxy ethoxylated ethoxy group, κmethyl Ethyl ethylene diryl]-phenoxyethoxyethane group, K cyclohexyl small group;:::1 methyl]-benzenecyclohexyl Cyclohexyloxyethoxy group", benzyl, i-yl, 1-phenyl methoxyethoxy ethoxyoxyethoxyethoxy, 1-phenyl]-benzene Oxyethylene bis-diyl ethoxy ethoxy ethoxy group, benzyl methoxy group, 丨 phenyl phenylcyclohexyloxy ethoxy group, i-pyringyl group,基 ethoxy ethoxy ethoxy ethoxy group, etc. * oxy ethoxy 'carbon group, -65- 201235751 As the group represented by the above formula (D-4), for example, 2_(2_甲甲A tetrahydrofuranyloxycarbonyl group, a 2-(2-hydrazinotetrapyranyl)oxycarbonyl group, etc. 1 As a group represented by the above formula (D-5), for example, an anthracene-methoxy group can be exemplified. Cyclopentyloxycarbonyl, 1-methoxycyclohexyloxycarbonyl, etc. Among these, preferably 丨-mercaptomethoxyethoxycarbonyl, i methyl-1-cyclohexyloxy B The group represented by the following formula (D-6), R20, as the group containing the quinone-alkylcycloalkyl ester structure of the carboxylic acid.
(D-6) 餐…。是碳原子數為W2的燒基 1〜8的整數)》 \ 作為上H(D_6)t的R、碳原子數為Η〗的烧基 較佳為碳原子數為1〜10的烷基。 土 環丙2ΐΓΓ6)所示的基團’能列舉出例如丨-甲基 土殃基、1-甲基環丁氧基 羰基、1 _甲丼瑷p s W T基%戍氧基 乙基環丁氧基:”基環癸氧基幾基、〗-氧基羰基' 丨-乙二八丨:乙其基銥戊氧基羰基、乙基環己 基、⑷丙心氧 = 炭基二(異)丙基環丙氧基幾 異)丁其产^ 土斂基、丨气異)丙基環癸氧基羰基 1-(显)丁 Ait二基幾基、1-(異)丁基環戊氧基幾基、 )基壤己氧基幾基、1·⑷丁基環庚氣基幾基 -66 - 201235751 異)丁基環癸氧基羰基、】 Μ基環辛氧基幾基、w異;己基幾基、W 己基環丁氧基幾基、w異;己二丙氨基幾基、】_⑷ 其#己氣美r其 、土衣戏氧基羰基、】-(異j己 基衣己乳基叛基、〗_(異)己基環壬 璟癸f美猙其 ^ 乳基叛基、〗-(異)己基 …基叛基、!_(異)辛基環丙氧基徵基、卜 丁氧基幾基、L(異)辛基環戊氧基幾基;辛二 氧基幾基、W異)辛基環庚氧基幾基、i_(異)辛)=己 基叛基、1-(異)辛基環癸氧基羰基等。 土衣辛氧 所述的上述含鲮酸的第 氧基幾基。 丁自曰結構的基圈是第三丁 作為本發明中的「D1今姓4塞 式⑷所示的化合物。構的化合物’較佳為下述(D-6) Meal... The alkyl group having a carbon number of W2 is an integer of 1 to 8). \ The alkyl group having R of the above H(D_6)t and the number of carbon atoms is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. The group ' represented by the earth ring propylene 2 ΐΓΓ 6) can be exemplified by, for example, fluorenyl-methyl fluorenyl group, 1-methylcyclobutoxycarbonyl group, 1 _formam ps WT group % decyloxyethylcyclobutoxide Base: "base ring methoxyl group, 〗 - oxycarbonyl ' 丨 - ethane octagonal: ethyl pentyl carbonyl, ethyl cyclohexyl, (4) propylene oxygen = carbon bis (iso) propyl基 丙 ) ) ) 其 其 土 土 土 土 土 土 土 土 土 土 土 土 土 土 土 土 土 土 土 土 土 土 土 土 土 土 土 土 土 土 土 土 癸 癸 癸 A 、 、 a benzyl group, a hexyl hexyloxy group, a 1,4-(4) butylcycloheptyl yl-66 - 201235751 iso-butylcyclodecyloxycarbonyl group, a fluorenylcyclooctyloxy group, a w-iso; Hexyl-based, W-hexylcyclobutoxy-based, w-iso; hexamethyleneamino, _(4), #己气美,其土, oxycarbonyl, 】-(iso-j hexyl hexyl acrylate Rebellion, __(iso) hexyl 壬璟癸 狰 狰 ^ ^ ^ 乳 乳 乳 乳 乳 乳 乳 乳 乳 乳 乳 乳 乳 乳 乳 乳 乳 乳 乳 乳 乳 乳 乳 乳 乳 乳 乳 乳 乳 乳 乳 乳 乳 乳 乳 乳 乳 乳Oxyl group, L(iso)octylcyclopentyloxy group; octyloxy group, W iso)octylcycloheptyloxy group, i_( Iso)) = hexyl ruthenyl, 1-(iso)octylcyclodecyloxycarbonyl, etc. The above-mentioned oxo group-containing oxo group described by octyloxy octoxide. As a compound represented by the formula (4) in the present invention, "D1 is a compound of the formula (4).
TnR· · (6) (式(6)中’T疋上述式⑷-”〜⑺,中任— 團或者第三丁氧基幾基,… 、斤:的基 2〜:_〇的整數…從碳原子數為μ。的L:是 去虱得到的n價基團或者碳原’、衣。物除 。 数為1〜18的η價烴基) η較佳為2或3。 作為上述式(6)中的R ’在^為 、碳原子數為i〜12的鏈烧1 時、列舉出單鍵 ^ t 的鍵说一基、伸笨基、i 1拙〜 、,伸苯基、2,"萘基、5刘基-Μ,笨美申: 四丁基鱗磺基-1,3-伸苯基等。 土 5'TnR· · (6) (In the formula (6), 'T疋 the above formula (4)-”~(7), the middle-group or the third butoxy group, ..., the base of the pound: 2 to: _〇... L: is an n-valent group or a carbonogen obtained by deuterium, and a y-valent hydrocarbon group having a number of 1 to 18) η is preferably 2 or 3. When R' in (6) is a chain-burning 1 in which the number of carbon atoms is i~12, a bond which cites a single bond ^t is a base, a stupid base, an i 1拙~, a phenyl group, 2, "Naphthyl, 5 Liu Ji-Μ, 笨美申: tetrabutyl sulfonyl-1,3-phenylene, etc..
在η為3時,作為上述R 基團、苯-1,3,5-三基等。 下达式所示的 -67- 201235751 ο c2h4. ΝWhen η is 3, it is the above R group, benzene-1,3,5-triyl or the like. As shown in the release -67- 201235751 ο c2h4. Ν
Ν C2H4- 〇人人〇Ν C2H4- 〇人人〇
I c2h4— 作為上述鍵炫二基較佳為直鏈狀。 =式⑹所示的[D]含㈣構的化合物能藉由有機 化子的㊉規方法或適當組合有機化 例如,上述式(6)中的T為上述二二方法合成。 化合物(其中,除R。是笨基的情形;(=示:團的 劑的存在下’藉由使化合物MC〇〇H)n(i中,R:催: 別和上述式(6)中❺定義,(’、和:刀 r14-〇-ch=r13,(其中丨4 以及化合物 R13’是從上述式(D-"中的定義相同。 的基團)加成合成。 反除去虱原子得到 上述式(6)中的τ炎 物,較佳為在對f 1 /、式(D·2)所示的基團的化合 τ求石貝酸催化劍的在尤τ ^ 物R-(C〇〇H)n(其中, 下,稭由使化合 同)以及下述式所亍的和η分別和上述式(6)中的定義相 ^斤不的化合物加成合成, (式t,II]和卜.+. ^ _ .. 远式(D-2)中的定義相同 作為3亥液晶gfi A ) 量 向劍尹的令酷έ士甚 只要考慮要求的# & J 3釦、⑺構的化合物的含 戈水的耐熱性等決定, 六疋就/又有特別的限定 ~ 68 ~ .201235751 ’相對於1 〇 0暂县八 ^ Μ ^ ^ 量伤[Α】光配向性聚有機矽氧烷,[D]含 西曰結構的化合物4 L J 3 佳為〇·1質量份〜50質量份,更佳 質量份〜20質量份私 尺话為1 貞5伤,特佳為2質量份〜1()質量份。I c2h4 - It is preferably linear as the above-mentioned bond dimer. The compound of the [D]-containing (tetra) structure represented by the formula (6) can be synthesized by a ten-step method of an organic group or an appropriate combination. For example, T in the above formula (6) is synthesized by the above two-two method. a compound (wherein R is a stupid base; (= shows: in the presence of a group of agents] by making the compound MC〇〇H)n (i, R: reminder: and in the above formula (6) ❺ Definition, (', and: knife r14-〇-ch=r13, (wherein 丨4 and compound R13' are added and synthesized from the group defined by the above formula (D-"). The atom obtains the tauyanide in the above formula (6), preferably in the compound τ of the group represented by f 1 /, formula (D·2). (C〇〇H)n (wherein, the straw is made by the chemical contract) and the compound of the following formula and η are respectively combined with the definition of the above formula (6), (form t , II] and Bu.+. ^ _ .. The definition in the far type (D-2) is the same as the 3H liquid crystal gfi A) The amount of the sword to the sword is so cool as to consider the requirements of the # & J 3 buckle (7) The structure of the compound contains the heat resistance of the water, etc., and the six 疋 / / has a special limit ~ 68 ~ .201235751 'relative to 1 〇 0 temporary county eight ^ Μ ^ ^ volume injury [Α] light alignment Polyorganosiloxane, [D] Compound 4 with a oxime structure LJ 3 1 part by mass to 50 parts by mass, more preferably the mass part is 20 parts by mass, and the amount is 1 贞 5 wounds, particularly preferably 2 parts by mass to 1 part by mass.
[裱氧化合物J 基於從進一步描古^士、My· a[裱Oxygen compound J based on further description of ancients, My·a
知円形成的液日日配向膜對基板表面的 黏&性的目的,故+ J ,在該液晶配向劑中含有環氧化合物。 作為環氧化合物’能列舉出例如乙二醇二縮水 醚、聚乙二醇二缩次 _ _ _ '由 塯水甘油醚、丙一醇二縮水甘油醚、二 丙二醇二縮水甘油醚、聚丙二醇二縮水甘油醚二 醇二縮水甘㈣、U•己:醇二縮水甘㈣、甘油t 水甘油醚、2,2-二溴代新戊二醇二縮水甘油醚、】縮 四縮水甘油基-2,4_己二醇、N,N,N,,N,_四、縮水甘油基二 一曱苯一月女、1,3_二(N,N_二縮水甘油基胺基曱基)環 、N,N,N’,N’.·四縮水甘油基_4,4,_二胺基二苯基甲烷烷 n,n-二縮水甘油基_节基胺、N,N二縮水甘油基_ :、 基環己烷等。 基甲 作為環氧化催化劑的含有比例相對於[A]光配 聚有機矽氧烷和任意含有的[c]其他聚合物總計i 2 ^ ’較佳為40質量份以下,更佳為為〇丨質量份〜“, 置份。另外,該液晶配向劑在含有環氧化合物時,義處 有效地產生交聯反應的目的,可以和丨_苄基_2 二於 0;h ^Ακ 等驗催化劑一起使用。 [官能性矽烷化合物] 基於提高形成的液晶配向膜對基板表面的黏合性 目的’能使用上述官能性矽烷化合物。 、 -69- 201235751 作為官能性矽烷化合物,能列舉出例如3胺基丙美 二曱氧基矽烷、3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、2_胺基丙基 二曱氧基矽烷、2-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、N_(2胺基乙 基)-3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、N_(2胺基乙基)胺基丙 基曱基二甲氧基矽烷、3·醯脲丙基三甲氧基矽烷、弘醯 脲丙基三乙氧基矽烷、N•乙氧基羰基_3_胺基丙基三曱氧 基矽烷、N-乙氧基羰基_3_胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、1三 乙氧基甲矽烷基丙基三伸乙基三胺、…三甲氧基曱矽烷 基丙基三伸乙基三胺、10_三曱氧基曱矽烷基— Hi三氮 雜癸烧、10 -二乙氧基曱石夕燒基_丨,4,7三氮雜癸烧、9_三 曱氧基曱矽烷基_3,6-二氮雜壬基乙酸酯、9-三乙氧基曱 矽烷基_3,6 -二氮雜壬基乙酸酯、N_苄基_3_胺基丙基三曱 氧基矽烷、N-.苄基_3_胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、N_苯基_3_ 胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、Ν·苯基_3_胺基丙基三乙氧基矽 烧、Ν-二(氧化伸乙基)_3_胺基丙基三曱氧基矽烷、Ν二( 氧化伸乙基)-3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3 _縮水甘油氧基 丙基二曱氧基矽烷、2-(3,4-環氧環己基)乙基三曱氧基矽 烧、四缓酸二酐和具有胺基的矽烷化合物的反應物等, 此外還能列舉出曰本特開昭6 3 _ 2 9 1 9 2 2號公報記載的四 缓酸二肝和具有胺基的矽烷化合物的反應物等。 作為官能性矽烷化合物的含有比例相對於[A]光配 向性聚有機矽氧烷和任意含有的[C]其他聚合物總計100 質里份’較佳為5 0質量份以下,更佳為2 0質量份以下 -70- 201235751 [界面活性劑] 作為界面活性劑,能列舉出例如非離 劑、陰離子性界面活性劑、陽離子性界面 界面活性劑、有機石夕界面活性劑、聚稀化 、含氟界面活性劑等。 作為界面活性劑的使用比例,相對於 的整體100質量份,較佳為1 0質量份以下 量份以下。 [光增感劑] 能在該液晶配向劑中含有的光增感劑 基、羥基、-SH、-NCO、-NHR(其中,R是 子數為1〜6的烷基)、-CH = CH2和S02C1所 選出的至少一種基團以及光增感性結構的 使上述具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷和特定 以及光增感劑的混合物反應,該液晶配向^ 光配向性聚有機矽氧烷兼具來自特定桂皮 光性結構(桂皮酸結構)和來自光增感劑的 。該光增感性結構具有藉由光照射激發, 供接近該激發能的感光性結構的功能。該 是單重的,也可以是三重的,但是基於長 的能量移動,較佳為三重的。上述光增感 光較佳為波長在 150nm〜600nm的範圍的 光線。波長比上述下限更短的光由於無法 系統中操作,所以不適合在光配向法中使 ,波長比上述上限更長的光能量小,難以 感性結構的激發狀態。 子性界面活性 活性劑、兩性 氧界面活性劑 該液晶配向劑 ,更佳為1質 ,是具有由羧 氫原子或碳原 構成的群組中 化合物。藉由 桂皮酸衍生物 Η中含有的[A] 酸衍生物的感 光增感性結構 在聚合體内提 激發狀態可以 壽命以及有效 性結構吸收的 紫外線或可見 在普通的光學 用。另一方面 誘發上述光增 -71 - 201235751 作為該光增感性結構,能列舉出例如乙醯苯結構、 二苯甲酮結構、蒽醌結構、聯苯結構、咔唑結構、硝基 芳基結構、爇結構、萘結構、蒽結構、吖啶結構、吲哚 結構等,能將它們單獨或組合兩種以上使用。這些光增 感性結構是指由分別從乙醯苯、.二苯甲酮、蒽醌、聯苯 、咔唑、硝基苯或二硝基苯、萘、苐、蒽、吖啶或者吲 哚除去1〜4個氫原子得到的基團而形成的結構。於此, 乙醯苯結構、咔唑結構和吲哚結構的各種結構較佳為由 從乙醯苯、咔唑或吲哚的苯環所具有的氫原子中除去1〜4 個得到的基團形成的結構。這些光增感性結構中,較佳 為由乙醯苯結構、二苯曱酮結構、蒽醌結構、聯苯結構 、咔唑結構、硝基芳基結構和萘結構所構成的群組中選 出的至少一種,特佳為由乙醯苯結構、二苯曱酮結構和 硝基芳基結構所構成的群組中選出的至少一種。 作為光增感劑較佳·為具有叛基和光增感性結構的化 合物,作為更佳的化合物,能列舉出例如下述式 (H-1)〜(H-10)所示的化合物等, -72- 201235751It is known that the liquid formed on the surface of the film is bonded to the surface of the substrate on the surface of the substrate, so that J J contains an epoxy compound in the liquid crystal alignment agent. Examples of the epoxy compound include, for example, ethylene glycol di-distillate, polyethylene glycol dimerization _ _ _ 'from glycidyl ether, propanol diglycidyl ether, dipropylene glycol diglycidyl ether, polypropylene glycol. Diglycidyl ether glycol dimethyl condensate (IV), U•hex: alcohol diglycidyl (tetra), glycerol t glyceryl ether, 2,2-dibromopentyl glycol diglycidyl ether, condensed tetraglycidyl group 2,4_hexanediol, N,N,N,,N,_tetra, glycidyl diphenylbenzene January, 1,3_bis (N,N-diglycidylamino) Ring, N, N, N', N'.·tetraglycidyl_4,4,-diaminodiphenylmethane n,n-diglycidyl-nodal amine, N,N diglycidyl Base _:, Cyclohexane, and the like. The content ratio of the methyl group as the epoxidation catalyst is preferably 40 parts by mass or less, more preferably 40 parts by mass or less, relative to the [A] photopolymerized organic siloxane and the arbitrarily contained [c] other polymer. In principle, the liquid crystal alignment agent can effectively produce a cross-linking reaction when an epoxy compound is contained, and can be used together with a catalyst such as 丨-benzyl-2 in 0; h ^ Α κ. [Functional decane compound] The above functional decane compound can be used for the purpose of improving the adhesion of the formed liquid crystal alignment film to the surface of the substrate. -69-201235751 As the functional decane compound, for example, a 3-amino group can be exemplified. Propyl methoxy decane, 3-aminopropyl triethoxy decane, 2-aminopropyl dimethoxy decane, 2-aminopropyl triethoxy decane, N_(2 amine B 3-aminopropyltrimethoxydecane, N-(2aminoethyl)aminopropylmercaptodimethoxydecane, 3·valurylpropyltrimethoxydecane, Hongyu Urea Triethoxy decane, N•ethoxycarbonyl_3_aminopropyltrimethoxy decane, N-ethoxycarbonyl _3_ Propyl triethoxy decane, triethoxymethoxymethyl propyl triethylamine, trimethoxy decyl propyl triethylamine, 10 tricate - Hi triazazapine, 10 -diethoxy gangue oxime 丨, 4,7 triazaindene, 9-trimethoxy decyl _3,6-diazepine Acetate, 9-triethoxydecyl- 3,6-diazadecyl acetate, N-benzyl-3-I-propyltrimethoxydecane, N-.benzyl _3_Aminopropyltriethoxydecane, N_phenyl_3_aminopropyltrimethoxydecane, ΝPhenyl-3-I-propylpropyltriethoxy oxime, Ν-二( Oxidized ethyl)_3_aminopropyltrimethoxy decane, bismuth (oxyethyl)-3-aminopropyltriethoxydecane, 3 _glycidoxypropyl decyloxy a reaction product of decane, 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxy oxime, tetrazoic acid dianhydride, and a decane compound having an amine group, and the like, 6 3 _ 2 9 1 9 2 No. 2, the reaction product of the tetrazoic acid di-hepatic acid and the amine group-containing decane compound, etc. The content ratio of the decane compound is preferably 50 parts by mass or less, more preferably 20 parts by mass, based on [A] the photo-aligned polyorganosiloxane and the arbitrarily contained [C] other polymer. The following -70-201235751 [Surfactant] As the surfactant, for example, a non-separating agent, an anionic surfactant, a cationic interfacial surfactant, an organic ceramsite surfactant, a polyphosphorus, a fluorine-containing interface can be cited. The active agent, etc. The use ratio of the surfactant is preferably 10 parts by mass or less based on 100 parts by mass of the whole. [Photosensitizer] A photosensitizer group, a hydroxyl group, -SH, -NCO, -NHR (wherein R is an alkyl group having a number of 1 to 6) which can be contained in the liquid crystal alignment agent, -CH = At least one group selected by CH2 and S02C1 and a photo-sensitizing structure reacting the above-mentioned polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group with a mixture of a specific and a photosensitizer, which is a photo-aligned polyorganosiloxane The alkane has both a photosynthetic structure derived from a specific cassia (cinnamic acid structure) and a photosensitizer. The light sensitizing structure has a function of being excited by light irradiation to provide a photosensitive structure close to the excitation energy. This may be single or triple, but based on long energy movements, it is preferably triple. The above light sensitizing light is preferably light having a wavelength in the range of 150 nm to 600 nm. Since light having a wavelength shorter than the above lower limit cannot be operated in the system, it is not suitable for use in the photo-alignment method, and the light energy having a wavelength longer than the upper limit is small, and the excited state of the inductive structure is difficult. Sub-Interfacial Activity Active Agent, Amphoteric Oxygen Interacting Agent The liquid crystal alignment agent, more preferably one type, is a compound having a group consisting of a carboxy hydrogen atom or a carbonogen. The sensitizing sensitizing structure of the [A] acid derivative contained in the cinnamic acid derivative in the enamel can be excited in the polymer state and the ultraviolet ray absorbed by the effective structure or visible in ordinary optics. On the other hand, the light-increasing-71 - 201235751 is induced, and examples of the photosensitizing structure include an acetophenone structure, a benzophenone structure, a fluorene structure, a biphenyl structure, a carbazole structure, and a nitroaryl structure. The oxime structure, the naphthalene structure, the fluorene structure, the acridine structure, the fluorene structure, and the like can be used alone or in combination of two or more. These photosensitizing structures are derived from acetophenone, benzophenone, hydrazine, biphenyl, carbazole, nitrobenzene or dinitrobenzene, naphthalene, anthracene, anthracene, acridine or hydrazine, respectively. A structure formed by a group of 1 to 4 hydrogen atoms. Here, the various structures of the acetophenone structure, the carbazole structure and the fluorene structure are preferably those obtained by removing 1 to 4 of hydrogen atoms from a benzene ring of acetophenone, carbazole or anthracene. The structure formed. Among these photosensitizing structures, preferred are selected from the group consisting of an acetophenone structure, a benzophenone structure, a fluorene structure, a biphenyl structure, a carbazole structure, a nitroaryl structure, and a naphthalene structure. At least one, particularly preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of an acetophenone structure, a benzophenone structure, and a nitroaryl structure. As a light sensitizer, a compound having a reductive group and a photo-sensitizing structure is preferable, and a compound represented by the following formulas (H-1) to (H-10), etc., may be mentioned as a more preferable compound, - 72- 201235751
〇-(CH2)-COOH〇-(CH2)-COOH
COOH CH3 (H-1 (H-2)COOH CH3 (H-1 (H-2)
(式中’ q是l〜6的整數)。 本發明中使用的光酉? A w , —向性聚有機矽氧烷化合物, 了上述具有環氧基的聚有播 Μ 機石夕氧烷和特定桂皮酸衍生物 以外,還可以藉由組合光擗 m 在下’較佳在有機溶劑中反應合成。 存 在這種情況下,作為拉A W丄 兩特疋桂皮酸衍生物的用量, 對於1 mol具有環氧基的聚右她A二 汗目 土刃♦有機矽氧烷的矽原子,較 O.OOlmol〜lOmol,更伟炎 Λ 两 為 O.Olmol〜5mol ,特佳五 0.05mol〜2mol。作為光增感#丨 马 u曰斌刻的用罝,相對於lm〇1昱(where 'q is an integer from 1 to 6). What is the aperture used in the present invention? A w , a tropism polyorganosiloxane compound, in addition to the above-mentioned epoxy group-polymerized polyoxon gas and a specific cinnamic acid derivative, it is also possible to The reaction is synthesized in an organic solvent. In this case, as the amount of the AW 丄 疋 cinnamic acid derivative, for the 1 mol of the epoxide atom of the poly right-hand A erionite ♦ organic oxirane having an epoxy group, compared with O. OOlmol ~ lOmol, more Wei Yan Λ two for O.Olmol ~ 5mol, especially good five 0.05mol ~ 2mol. As a light sensation #丨 马 u曰斌 engraved with 罝, relative to lm〇1昱
環氧基的聚有機矽氧W O.OOOlmol〜0.5mol,更佳為 π 马 又狂兩0.0005mol〜〇.2mol,特佳发 0.00 1 mol~0 · 1 mol。 馬 •73- 201235751 <液晶配向劑的調製> 该液晶配向劍如 .^ ^ Γ 上所述含有[Α]光配向性f右旅石夕 氧烷和[B]光硬化催化劑 门性聚有機矽 意成分,較佳為作為久為‘、須成/刀’根據需要含有任 的組合物而調製,刀能溶解於有機溶劑的溶液狀 作為有機溶劑,較佳 六 烧、⑻光硬化催化劑和了 [ Μ Μ性聚有機石夕氧 們反應的有機溶劑::二;使用的其他成分,且不與它 用的有機溶劑,根據任能夠在該液晶配向劑中使 同而不同。 康任忍含有的[C]其他聚合物的種類不 在該液晶配向劑含 [B]光硬化催化劑和 []先配向性聚有機矽氧烷和 溶劑,能夠列舉作為入:他聚合物時,作為較佳的有機 的有機溶劑。這此有二成聚醯胺酸時使用的溶劑而例示 。 二有機溶劑能單獨或組合兩種以上使用 6亥液晶配向劑的 否使用i π s 的1備時使用的較佳的溶劑,_ # 種戈兩錄 物以及其種類,組合上述有機”是 種或兩種以上而榣 ^ ’機溶劑的— 體成分濃度下,析出、夜ί樣的溶劑不會在下述較佳的固 液晶配向劑的表面張力::向劑中含有的各成分,而且 本發明的液晶配二Ϊ m〜4〇mN/m的範圍。 晶配向劑中的溶劑rr固體成分濃度,也就是該液 劑的全部質量的全部成分的質量佔據液晶配向 1質量%〜1〇質量。二性、揮發性等選擇,較佳為 由該液晶配向劑升二:固體成分濃度…質量%時, 法得到良好的液;2液晶配向膜的膜厚過小,可能益 曰曰配向膜。另-方面,如果固體成分; -74 - .201235751 度超過ίο質量%,則塗膜的膜厚過大,可能無法得到良 好的液晶配向膜,另外,液晶配向劑的勘性择大 塗布 性質會有不足的情況。較佳的固體成分濃度的範圍根據 在基板上塗敷液晶配向劑時採用的方法而里。〜, j齐。例如,在 使用旋塗法進行時,固體成分濃度的範圍較佳為1 5質 量%〜4·5質量%。在使用印刷法進行時,較佳固體成分農 度為3質量%〜9冑量%的範圍,由此,溶液黏度為 12mPa,s〜50mPa.s的範圍。在使用喷墨法進行時較佳固 體成分濃度為1質量%〜5質量%的範圍,由 也认 田此,溶液黏 度為3mPa.s~15mPa.s的範圍。 作為製備本發明的液晶配向劑時的溫度較佳為〇 〜200°C,更佳為〇°C〜4(TC。 ‘ [實施例] 以下’藉由實施例,對本發明進行更具體地說明, 但是本發明并不受到這些實施例的限定。另外,根 要藉由重複進行下述合成例所示的合成路線合成: :合物和聚合物,從而確保以下實施例中使用的 合物和聚合物的必要量。 <具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷的合成> [合成例1 ] 在具備攪拌器、溫度計、、、商液溫 τ肩,夜/属斗和回流冷凝管的 反應谷益中’加入l〇〇.〇g的2 Π4供与 S日1 氧環己基 甲氧基矽烷(ECETS)、500g甲美里丁 i a δ 呉丁基酮以及l〇.〇g二 乙胺’在室溫下混合。接著,你.、高:存、'e、丨 有從肩液漏斗,用30分鐘滴 加100g去離子水後,在回流下邊混合,邊在8〇它下 應6小時。反應結束後,取出有機層,藉纟〇2質量^ -75- 201235751 的硝酸銨水溶液洗滌到洗滌後的水為中性後,減愿下, 餾出溶劑和水,得到具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷,為黏 稠的透明液體。 對該具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷進行1H-NMR分析 ,在化學位移(δ) = 3.2ppm附近得到理論強度的基於環氧 基的峰,確認在反應中環氧基沒有產生副反應。得到的 具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷的Mw是2,200,環氧當量是 1 8 6 g/m ο 1 ° <特定桂皮酸衍生物的合成> 特定桂皮酸衍生物的合成反應全部在惰性氣氛中進 行。 [合成例2] 燒瓶中,混合20g的4 酸鈀、0.98g三(2_曱苯基)膦、 曱基乙醯胺。接著,藉由注 著,藉由注射器The epoxy group of polyorganophosphonium O O.O00lmol~0.5mol, more preferably π horse and mad two 0.0005mol~〇.2mol, especially good hair 0.00 1 mol~0 · 1 mol. MA•73- 201235751 <Modulation of Liquid Crystal Aligning Agent> The liquid crystal alignment sword such as ^^ Γ contains [Α] photo-alignment f right-learning gas and [B] photo-curing catalyst gate polymerization The organic stimulating component is preferably prepared as a solution in which a squeegee can be dissolved in an organic solvent as a solvent, and is preferably a six-burning, (8) photohardenable catalyst, and is prepared as a long-lasting compound. The organic solvent to be reacted with the oxime-organic polyorganisms: two; the other components used, and the organic solvent not used for it, may be the same in any of the liquid crystal alignment agents. The type of other polymers [C] contained in Kang Renyong does not contain [B] photohardenable catalyst and [] pre-aligned polyorganosiloxane and solvent in the liquid crystal alignment agent, and can be cited as Good organic organic solvent. This is exemplified by the solvent used in the case of the polyamic acid. The two organic solvents can be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds of liquid crystal alignment agents, and the preferred solvent used for the preparation of i π s, _ #种戈两录物 and its kind, combining the above organic" is a species Or two or more kinds of solvent-based solvent concentrations, precipitation, night-like solvent does not have the surface tension of the preferred solid-liquid crystal alignment agent: the components contained in the agent, and The liquid crystal of the invention is in the range of m〜4~m〇mN. The concentration of the solvent rr solid component in the crystal alignment agent, that is, the mass of all the components of the liquid agent, occupies 1% by mass of the liquid crystal alignment to 1% by mass. Preferably, the liquid crystal alignment agent is raised by two: the solid content concentration is 3% by mass, and the film is obtained by a good method; and the film thickness of the liquid crystal alignment film is too small, which may be advantageous for the alignment film. On the other hand, if the solid content is -74 - .201235751 degrees exceeds ίο% by mass, the film thickness of the coating film is too large, and a good liquid crystal alignment film may not be obtained. In addition, the liquid crystal alignment agent may have a large coating property. Insufficient feelings The preferred range of the solid content concentration is in accordance with the method used for coating the liquid crystal alignment agent on the substrate. For example, when the spin coating method is used, the solid content concentration is preferably in the range of 15 mass. When it is carried out by the printing method, the solid content of the solid component is preferably in the range of 3% by mass to 9% by mass, whereby the solution viscosity is in the range of 12 mPa and s to 50 mPa·s. When the inkjet method is used, the solid content concentration is preferably in the range of 1% by mass to 5% by mass, and the viscosity of the solution is in the range of 3 mPa·s to 15 mPa·s as the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention. The temperature is preferably 〇200 ° C, more preferably 〇 ° C 〜 4 (TC. '[Embodiment] Hereinafter, the present invention will be more specifically described by way of examples, but the present invention is not subject to these embodiments. In addition, the roots are synthesized by repeating the synthesis route shown in the following synthesis example: a compound and a polymer, thereby ensuring the necessary amounts of the compound and the polymer used in the following examples. Synthesis of epoxy-based polyorganosiloxanes > Synthesis Example 1] In the reaction with a stirrer, a thermometer, a commercial liquid temperature τ shoulder, a night/genus and a reflux condenser, the reaction of the glutinous rice is added to the 〇〇 〇 的 2 Π 4 for the S 1 1 oxycyclohexyl methoxy Baseline (ECETS), 500g of meringidine ia δ 呉 butyl ketone and l〇.〇g diethylamine' are mixed at room temperature. Then, you., high: deposit, 'e, 丨 have a shoulder funnel After adding 100 g of deionized water dropwise for 30 minutes, it was mixed under reflux, and it should be 6 hours under 8 Torr. After the reaction was completed, the organic layer was taken out and washed with an aqueous solution of ammonium nitrate of 2 mass -75-201235751. After the washed water is neutral, the solvent and water are distilled off under reduced conditions to obtain a polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group as a viscous transparent liquid. The 1H-NMR analysis of the polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group gave a theoretically based epoxy group-based peak at a chemical shift (δ) = 3.2 ppm, confirming that the epoxy group did not produce a side reaction in the reaction. . The obtained polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group has a Mw of 2,200 and an epoxy equivalent of 1 8 6 g/m ο 1 ° <Synthesis of a specific cinnamic acid derivative> Synthesis of a specific cinnamic acid derivative The reaction is all carried out in an inert atmosphere. [Synthesis Example 2] In a flask, 20 g of palladium tetraphosphate, 0.98 g of tris(2-quinophenyl)phosphine, and mercaptoacetamide were mixed. Then, by note, with a syringe
,時。藉由TLC(薄層色譜) 在具有冷凝管的500mL三口 溴代二苯基醚、0.1 8 g醋酸鈀、( 32.4g三乙胺、135rnL二曱基乙II 將7 g丙稀酸加入到 進一步在I20°c下加 ,,Time. Adding 7 g of acrylic acid to TLC (thin-layer chromatography) in a 500 mL three-port bromodiphenyl ether with a condenser tube, 0.18 g palladium acetate, (32.4 g triethylamine, 135 rnL dimercaptoethyl II) Add at I20°c,
的1N 確認反應結朿後, 鹽酸水溶液中,回收沉澱 己烷的1:1 (質量比)溶液 戶斤示的特定桂皮酸衍生物 後’濾液注入到300rnL的1N鹽 物。這些沉殿物藉由乙酸乙酯和 重結晶,得到8.4g下述式(K-1)所 (K-1)。After confirming the reaction in 1N, a 1:1 (mass ratio) solution of precipitated hexane was recovered from the aqueous hydrochloric acid solution, and the filtrate was injected into 300 rnL of 1N salt. These sediments were recrystallized from ethyl acetate to give 8.4 g of the formula (K-1) (K-1).
-76- 201235751 <[A]光配向性聚有機矽氧燒的合成> [合成例3] 在100mL的三口燒瓶中,加入9 3g合成例1得到的 具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷、26g甲基異丁基酮、3g合 成例2付到的特疋桂皮酸衍生物(κ _ 1)和〇. 1 〇 g四級敍鹽 (SAN-APRO 公司,UCAT 18X),在 8(TC 下攪拌 12 小時 。反應結束後’用曱醇再次沉澱,沉澱物溶於乙酸乙酉旨 中’得到溶液,該溶液水洗3次後’餾出溶劑,得到6 3g 的[A]光配向性聚有機矽氧烷(A_丨),為白色粉末。光配 向性聚有機矽氧烷化合物(A_丨)的重量平均分子量M w為 3,500 = <[C]其他聚合物的合成> [合成例4] 在具有冷凝管和攪拌器的燒瓶中,加入5質量份 2,2’-偶氮二(2,4_二甲基戊腈)、2〇〇質量份二乙二醇曱基 乙基醚(DEGME)。接著,加入40質量份作為(a)不飽和 化合物的曱基丙稀酸縮水甘油酯、3〇質量份作為不 飽和化合物的甲基丙稀酸、10質量份作為(b2)不'飽和化 合物的苯乙稀和20質量份環己基馬來酿亞胺氮氣置換 後,開始緩慢攪拌。將溶液的溫度上升到7〇t,將該溫 度保持5小時,得到含有聚(曱基彳 _ 1λ 卷)丙烯酸酯的共聚物 (c_ 1)的聚合物溶液。得到的聚合物受 a ^ & , ^ 切岭液的固體成分濃度 疋3 3 · 1質量%。得到的共聚物的數灼 <、六Β 软均分子量是7,000 〇 <液晶配向劑的調製> [實施例1 ] -77- 201235751 選取換算為合成例3得到的[A]光配向性聚有機矽氧 烧(A-1)相對於ι,〇〇〇質量份的量,在其中加入5〇質量份 作為[B]光硬化催化劑的錡鹽(San-APRO公司、 CPI-200K) ’然後混合乙二醇單丁醚(Egmb)和二乙二醇甲 乙醚(DEGME) ’形成溶劑組合為eGMB:DEGME= 90:10( 質量比)、固體成分濃度為4. 〇質量%的溶液。藉由孔徑 1 μιη的筛檢程式過濾該溶液,調製液晶配向劑(s_丨)β [實施例2] 選取作為[C]其他聚合物的合成例4得到的包含共聚 物(C-1)的溶液,換算為其中含有的聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯的 共聚物(C-1)相當於1,〇〇〇質量份的量,在其中加入5〇〇 質量份合成例3得到的[Α]光配向性聚有機矽氧烷(A_ i) ’在其中加入75質量份作為光硬化催化劑的銕鹽 (SAN-APRO 公司、CPI-200K),然後混合 EGMB 和 DEGME ’形成溶劑級合為EGMB:DEGME= 90:10(質量比)、固體 成分濃度為4 · 0質量%的溶液。藉由孔徑丨μιη的篩檢程 式過濾該溶液’調製液晶配向劑(s_2)。 [合成例5] 將13.1g聚(甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯)在5〇mL的NMP 中加熱溶解,冷卻到室溫後,添加丨〇mL吡啶。在其中 加入17.0g桂皮醯氣’攪拌8小時。反應混合物用nmp 豨釋後’加入曱醇,充分水洗沉澱、乾燥,得到25g聚 合物。相對於1 〇 〇重量份的聚合物,混合3 〇重量份二新 戊四醇六丙烯酸酯、5重量份2_甲基[4_(曱硫)苯基]_2_ 咪啉-1-丙烷、EGMB和DEGME,形成溶劑組合為 •78- 201235751 EGMB:DEGME= 90:10(質量比)、固體成分丨農度是4 〇質 量%的溶液。該溶液使用孔捏1μιη的篩檢程式過淚,製 備組合物(c S -1 ;)。 <液晶配向膜的製造> [實施例3 ] 作為塗膜形成步驟,在TAC後贈& ^ ^ ^ /專膜的一面上,使用旋 =布實施請製的液晶配向劑(“),在箱内氮氣 ,在峨下熱處理2分鐘,形成膜厚一 接著,作為塗膜硬化步驟,在塗 # m „ ν 燈照射含有365nm的輝線的非偏#、 8' & 化塗膜。 的蜉線的非偏先紫外線1000",硬 然後,作為賦予液晶配向能力 塗膜表面上,使用Η γ A扪/驟,在硬化後的 使用Hg-Xe燈和格蘭-泰 線垂直地昭射合右w, 校兄仗基板法 ,制射3有313nm的輝線的偏光紫外,線丽/m2 衣造液晶配向膜0 [貫施例4和5 ] 作為液晶配向劑,除分別使 與實施例3 f=l样iL 〇 、(CS-1)以外, 同樣地操作,製造液晶配向膜。 [比較例1 ] J m 作為塗膜形成步驟,在TAC薄膜的^ 塗器塗布資施& , /寻膜的一面上,使用旋 置換的扭r t I調製的液晶配向劑(S·1),在箱内氮氣 的塗膜 1〇^下熱處理2分鐘’形成膜厂旱Ο ,使S二,液晶配向能力步驟,在塗膜表面上 •"和格蘭-泰勒棱鏡,從基板法線垂直地照 -79- .201235751 射含有3 1 3 n m的輝始 砰線的偏光紫外線300J/m2,製造液晶 配向膜。 <液晶配向膜的評價> 針對製造的各相# & β μ 位差溥膜進行下述評價。其結果如 表1所示。 《 ~ [密合性] 使用具有引線的望pg γ 等間隔隔片,藉由切刀以lmm間隔 加入切口,將實施例 和比較例1得到的液晶配向膜 幵/成為l〇xl〇的袼早阁安 明㈣接著,在格子圖案上設置透 明膠帶,牛固地黏貼祛 脒*接的冷梅.ΛΑ 揭開透明膠帶。觀察揭開透明-76-201235751 <[A] Synthesis of photo-aligned polyorganosiloxane] Synthesis Example 3 Into a 100 mL three-necked flask, 9 3 g of the polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group obtained in Synthesis Example 1 was added. Alkane, 26 g of methyl isobutyl ketone, 3 g of the quinone cinnamic acid derivative (κ _ 1) and 〇. 1 〇g quaternary salt (SAN-APRO, UCAT 18X) of Synthesis Example 2, at 8 (Stirring at TC for 12 hours. After the reaction was completed, 'precipitate with decyl alcohol, the precipitate was dissolved in acetic acid to obtain a solution, and the solution was washed 3 times, and then the solvent was distilled off to obtain 6 3 g of [A] photoalignment. Polyorganosiloxane (A_丨) is a white powder. The weight average molecular weight M w of the photo-aligned polyorganosiloxane compound (A_丨) is 3,500 = <[C] Synthesis of other polymers> [Synthesis Example 4] In a flask having a condenser and a stirrer, 5 parts by mass of 2,2'-azobis(2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile) and 2 parts by mass of diethylene glycol oxime were added. Base ethyl ether (DEGME). Next, 40 parts by mass of glycidyl thioglycolate as (a) unsaturated compound and 3 parts by mass of unsaturated compound are added. Acetic acid, 10 parts by mass of styrene which is (b2) non-saturated compound and 20 parts by mass of cyclohexylmaleimine were replaced by nitrogen, and slow stirring was started. The temperature of the solution was raised to 7 〇t, The temperature was maintained for 5 hours to obtain a polymer solution of a copolymer (c-1) containing poly(indenyl 彳 1λλ) acrylate. The obtained polymer was subjected to a ^ & 3 · 1% by mass. The number of the obtained copolymer was <, hexamethylene soft average molecular weight was 7,000 Å <Preparation of liquid crystal alignment agent> [Example 1] -77-201235751 The conversion was obtained in Synthesis Example 3. [A] Photo-aligned polyorgano-oxygen (A-1) is added in an amount of 5 parts by mass to the bismuth salt of the [B] photohardening catalyst (San-APRO Co., Ltd.). , CPI-200K) 'then mixed ethylene glycol monobutyl ether (Egmb) and diethylene glycol methyl ether (DEGME) 'solvent combination into eGMB: DEGME = 90:10 (mass ratio), solid concentration of 4. 〇% by mass solution. The solution was filtered by a sieve size of 1 μm to prepare a liquid crystal alignment agent (s_丨β [Example 2] A solution containing the copolymer (C-1) obtained in Synthesis Example 4 as another polymer of [C] was selected, and converted into a copolymer of poly(meth)acrylate contained therein (C- 1) an amount corresponding to 1, 〇〇〇 by mass, to which 5 parts by mass of the [Α] photo-aligned polyorganosiloxane (A_i) obtained in Synthesis Example 3 was added, and 75 parts by mass was added thereto. The sulfonium salt of the photohardening catalyst (SAN-APRO, CPI-200K), and then the EGMB and DEGME' are mixed to form a solvent grade of EGMB: DEGME = 90:10 (mass ratio), and the solid content concentration is 4 · 0 mass% Solution. The solution was filtered by a sieve of pore size ’ μη to modulate the liquid crystal alignment agent (s_2). [Synthesis Example 5] 13.1 g of poly(2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate) was dissolved by heating in 5 mL of NMP, and after cooling to room temperature, 丨〇mL pyridine was added. Thereto was added 17.0 g of cinnabar xenon, and the mixture was stirred for 8 hours. After the reaction mixture was released with nmp, sterol was added, and the precipitate was sufficiently washed with water and dried to obtain 25 g of a polymer. Mixing 3 parts by weight of dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, 5 parts by weight of 2-methyl [4_(sulfonium thio)phenyl]_2_ pyridin-1-propane, EGMB with respect to 1 part by weight of the polymer In combination with DEGME, the solvent is formed into a solution of •78-201235751 EGMB:DEGME=90:10 (mass ratio), and the solid content is 4% by mass. This solution was subjected to tearing using a sieve 1 μιη screening procedure to prepare a composition (c S -1 ;). <Production of Liquid Crystal Alignment Film> [Example 3] As a coating film forming step, a liquid crystal alignment agent (") was prepared by using a spin = cloth on the side of the TAC and the ^ ^ ^ ^ / film. Nitrogen gas was placed in a box and heat treated for 2 minutes under the crucible to form a film thickness. Then, as a coating film hardening step, a non-biased #8, 8' & coating film containing a 365 nm glow was irradiated on the #m „ ν lamp. The 蜉 的 非 紫外线 紫外线 紫外线 , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , 赋予 赋予 赋予 赋予 赋予 赋予 赋予 赋予 赋予 赋予 赋予 赋予 赋予 赋予 赋予 赋予 赋予 赋予 赋予 赋予 赋予 赋予 赋予 赋予 赋予 赋予 赋予Shooting right w, cousin 仗 substrate method, producing 3 polarized ultraviolet light with 313 nm glow line, line 丽 / m2 coating liquid crystal alignment film 0 [Case 4 and 5] as liquid crystal alignment agent, in addition to implementation and implementation Example 3: F = l-like iL 〇, (CS-1), and the same operation was carried out to produce a liquid crystal alignment film. [Comparative Example 1] J m was used as a coating film forming step, and a liquid crystal alignment agent (S·1) prepared by spin-exchanged twist rt I was used on the side of the TAC film coating application & , in the box of nitrogen coating film 1 〇 ^ heat treatment for 2 minutes 'formation of film plant drought, so S 2, liquid crystal alignment ability step, on the surface of the coating · " and Gran-Taylor prism, from the substrate normal Vertically, -79-.201235751, a polarized ultraviolet light of 300 J/m2 containing a 133 Å phosphor line was produced to produce a liquid crystal alignment film. <Evaluation of Liquid Crystal Alignment Film> The following evaluation was performed on each of the produced phase # & β μ difference ruthenium films. The results are shown in Table 1. <<[Adhesiveness] The liquid crystal alignment film obtained in the examples and the comparative example 1 was used as a 〇 〇 〇 使用 使用 使用 使用 p p p p p p p p p p p p 液晶 液晶 液晶 液晶 液晶 液晶 液晶 液晶 液晶 液晶 液晶 液晶 液晶 液晶 液晶 液晶 液晶 液晶 液晶Morning Court An Ming (4) Next, set the scotch tape on the plaid pattern, and the cow is firmly attached to the 梅* connected cold plum. 揭 Uncover the scotch tape. Observing to reveal transparency
膠可後的塗膜的去捶邱八 W ^ f Μ % 4.1 11刀。’主膜沿去掉的線或在交又的 .·.占中產生剝離的格子的個 ^ 〇 1 S 〇/ D* ,, 可目對於^子圖案全部的個數 不足15%時,判斷密合性是「 斷為密合性是「B」。 」 。以上的情形,判 [膜硬度] 在TAC薄膜上除使用坡 晶配向膜。針對該液晶配 奴例1的液 進行測定。”硬度測定結=在=錯筆劃痕試驗機 硬度為「一筆硬度測定果=上斷為膜 膜硬度為「B」。 的每合判斷為After the glue can be applied to the film, Qiuqiu W ^ f Μ % 4.1 11 knives. 'The line that is removed along the main film or the one that is in the middle of the intersection. 〇1 S 〇/ D* , , can be judged when the number of all the patterns of the ^ sub-pattern is less than 15% The symmetry is "B" is "B". ". In the above case, [membrane hardness] was judged to be the use of a smectic alignment film on the TAC film. The liquid of the liquid crystal distribution example 1 was measured. "Hardness measurement knot = in = wrong pen scratch tester Hardness is "one hardness measurement fruit = the film hardness is "B". Each judgment is
-80- .201235751 <相位差薄膜的製造> [實施例6〜8和比較例2] 在實施例3〜5和比較例1製造的液晶配向膜所形成 的面上,藉由孔徑〇_2μιη的篩檢程式過濾聚合性液晶 (Merck公司、RMS03_013c),然後使用旋塗器塗布,在 60 °C的熱板上,進行烘焙1分鐘之後,在聚合性液晶塗 布面’使用H g - X e燈,照射含有3 6 5 n m的輝線的非偏光 紫外線3〇,〇〇〇J/m2,製造相位差薄膜。 <相位差薄膜的評價> 針對製造的各相位差薄膜,進行下述評價。結果如 表2所示。 ° [液晶配向性] 對實施例6〜8、比較例2製造的相位差薄膜,蘇 偏来版 、褥由 %顯微鏡觀察有無異常區域,在沒有觀察到異當 的件 、φ处i或 1月形’評價液晶配向性為「A」’觀察到異常區域的情 形坪價液晶配向性為「B」。 月 .[熱穩定性] 除了在液晶配向性為「A」的照射條件下,製造 配南 、吹晶 β祺後’在塗布聚合性液晶前,在1 50°C下加埶, 時以从 ’、’、1小 Λ外,和上述實施例3同樣地操作,製造實施例 k匕敕例2的相位差薄膜。接著’對上述液晶配向 sf價’將沒有觀察到異常區域的情形作為熱穩定性「 觀察到異常區域的情形作為熱穩定性「B」。 81 - 201235751 [表2]-80-.201235751 <Production of retardation film> [Examples 6 to 8 and Comparative Example 2] On the faces formed by the liquid crystal alignment films produced in Examples 3 to 5 and Comparative Example 1, by the aperture 〇 The _2 μιη screening program filtered the polymerizable liquid crystal (Merck, RMS 03_013c), and then coated with a spin coater, baked on a hot plate at 60 ° C for 1 minute, and then used H g - on the polymerizable liquid crystal coated surface. The X e lamp was irradiated with a non-polarizing ultraviolet ray of 3 5 5 nm and a 相位J/m 2 to produce a retardation film. <Evaluation of retardation film> The following evaluation was performed for each of the produced retardation films. The results are shown in Table 2. ° [Liquid alignment property] For the retardation films produced in Examples 6 to 8 and Comparative Example 2, the presence or absence of an abnormal region was observed by a % microscope, and no abnormality was observed, and φ was i or 1 The moon shape 'evaluation of the liquid crystal alignment is "A"'. When the abnormal region is observed, the valence liquid crystal alignment property is "B". [Heat Stability] In addition to the production of the south and the blown crystal β祺 under the irradiation conditions of the liquid crystal alignment (A), 'before applying the polymerizable liquid crystal, the crucible is added at 150 ° C. The retardation film of Example k of Example 2 was produced in the same manner as in Example 3 except that ', ' and 1 hour. Then, the case where the abnormality region was not observed as the sf price of the liquid crystal alignment was regarded as the thermal stability "the case where the abnormal region was observed was taken as the thermal stability "B". 81 - 201235751 [Table 2]
<包含液晶配向能, 刀的方向不同的區域的相位差薄骐的<including liquid crystal alignment energy, the phase difference of the region where the direction of the knife is different is thin
製造SManufacturing S
[實施例9 ] 和實施例3同樣地操作,在基板上形成硬化的塗膜 後’在從最初的賦予液晶趨向能步驟中照射的偏光紫外 線方疋轉90的偏光方向,以透過部和遮光部相互并列的 方式形成長條狀圖案的光罩,照射第二個偏光紫外線( 使用Hg-Xe燈和格蘭·泰勒棱鏡得到的包含31刊爪的輝 線的偏光紫外線300J/m2)。接著,將聚合性液晶(Merck 公司’ RMS03-013C) ’藉由孔徑〇·2μιη的筛檢程式過慮 後’使用旋塗器塗布到形成液晶配向膜的面上,在6〇£>c 的熱板上烘培1分鐘後,然後使用Hg-Xe燈,對聚合性 液晶塗布面照射30,000J/m2包含波長365nm的輝線的非 偏光的紫外線,製造包含液晶配向能力的方向不同的區 域的相位差薄膜。 -82- .201235751 [實施例ίο] 〃和實補3同樣地操作,在基板上塗布液晶配向劑 後在遮住基板的-半的光的狀態下,照射作為賦予液 晶趨向能步驟中的最初的偏光紫外線(使用Hg_xe燈和 泰勒棱鏡得到的包含313nm㈣線的偏光紫外線 _/m)。接著’在從最初的偏光紫外線旋轉%。的偏光 方向:遮住最初曝光的曝光部的光,為了對未曝光部照 射偏光紫外線,照射第二個偏丰妒冰綠γ任 功一 似偏先紫外線(使用Hg-Xe燈和 各^泰勒棱鏡得到的包含313nm㈣線的偏光紫外線 贿& )。接著,將聚合性液晶(MM公司,R刪3_〇13C) ’藉由孔輕〇. 2 μ m的篩檢藉·;网、.金& 師榭私式過濾後,使用旋塗器塗布 :形成液晶配向膜的面上’在⑽的熱板上烘培i分鐘 後,然後使用Hg-Xe燈,對聚合性 ’汉日日塗布面昭制· 30,000J/m包含波長365n … 创义&人 幻絆猓的非偏光的紫外線, I…液晶配向能力的方向不同的區域的相位差薄膜 [包含液晶配向能力的方向不同的 評價] \的相位差溥膜的 將實施例9得到的相位差薄膜在越 件下配署ιίΛνέιυ 利· _棱鏡條 下配置的偏振片之間進行配置,.使 及太6 4 求自和硯察側相 反方向的透射光觀察時,在和照射的 方向平杆$ 先表外線的偏光 乃口十仃或垂直地配置的情況下,與 部是日立沾 一化成圖案無關,全 。日的。另一方面,如果將相位差薄祺在該 45。,則相位差薄膜與形成圖案無關:疋 有雙折射。 玉4變免,表示具 201235751 樣地觀察 偏光紫外 照射的偏 一方面, 薄膜不管 ,表示具 實施例6 包含液晶 分別的相 配置,在 案和變暗 和上述同 ’在和照射的 情況下,不管 都是暗的。另 4 5 ° ’則相位差 何,全部變亮 另外,將 9或10得到的 位差薄膜,以 角的方式重疊 確認變亮的圖 而存在。 實施例1〇得 線的偏光方: 光紫外線的偏 如果將相位差 照射的偏光紫 有雙折射 得到的相位差 配向能力的方 位差薄膜的偏 正交尼科爾條 的圖案藉由明 到的相 平行或 光方向 薄膜在 外線的 薄膜和 向不同 光方向 件下觀 顯的邊 位差薄膜時 垂直地配置 如何,整面 該平面旋轉 偏光方向如 上述貫施例 的區域的相 為平行或直 察時,可以 緣劃分外形 [產業實用性] 根據本發明,能夠提供一種生產性高的液晶配向膜 的製造方法、液晶配向性和熱穩定性優異的相位差薄膜 的製造方法,在上述生產性高的液晶配向膜的製造方法 中,即使照射少量放射線也可進行光配向,在更低溫和 短時間的熱處理條件下,能夠有效地製造膜硬度和貼緊 性優異的液晶配向膜。另外,該液晶配甸劑也適用於輥 對輥方式等量產性優異的步驟。進而,該液晶配向劑也 適用於3D影像用途等的 '包含液晶配向能力的方向不同 的區域的液晶配向膜。 【圖式簡單說明】 無。 【主要元件符號説明】 無。 -84-[Example 9] In the same manner as in Example 3, after the cured coating film was formed on the substrate, the polarizing direction of the polarized ultraviolet ray which was irradiated from the first step of imparting the liquid crystal illuminating energy was 90, and the transmission portion and the light shielding were performed. The masks formed in a long strip pattern were arranged in parallel with each other, and a second polarized ultraviolet ray (polarized ultraviolet ray 300 J/m 2 containing a bright line of 31 claws obtained by using a Hg-Xe lamp and a Glan Taylor prism) was irradiated. Next, the polymerizable liquid crystal (Merck's 'RMS03-013C)' was applied to the surface on which the liquid crystal alignment film was formed by using a spin coater after being subjected to a screening procedure of a pore size of 2 μm, at 6 Å > After baking for 1 minute on a hot plate, the polymerizable liquid crystal coated surface was irradiated with 30,000 J/m 2 of non-polarized ultraviolet light having a 365 nm wavelength, and a phase of a region including a liquid crystal alignment ability was produced using a Hg-Xe lamp. Poor film. -82-.201235751 [Examples] In the same manner as in the case of the solid addition 3, the liquid crystal alignment agent was applied onto the substrate, and the first half of the step of imparting the liquid crystal directional energy was irradiated while blocking the light of the substrate - half. Polarized ultraviolet light (polarized ultraviolet ray _/m containing a 313 nm (quad) line obtained using a Hg_xe lamp and a Taylor prism). Then '% in rotation from the initial polarized UV. The direction of polarization: the light that is exposed to the exposed portion of the first exposure, in order to illuminate the unexposed part with polarized ultraviolet light, the second partial phoenix 妒 green γ is used as the first ultraviolet light (using Hg-Xe lamp and each ^ Taylor) The prism obtained a polarized ultraviolet bribe & Included in the 313 nm (four) line. Next, the polymerizable liquid crystal (MM company, R deleted 3_〇13C) 'by the hole 〇 〇. 2 μ m screening borrowed; net, gold & 榭 榭 private filter, using spin coater Coating: The surface on which the liquid crystal alignment film is formed is baked on the hot plate of (10) for 1 minute, and then the Hg-Xe lamp is used, and the polymerizability 'Han Riji coated surface is made. · 30,000 J/m contains wavelength 365n... The difference between the non-polarized ultraviolet rays of the person's illusion and the non-polarized ultraviolet ray of the person, the phase difference film of the region in which the direction of the liquid crystal alignment ability is different [the evaluation of the direction of the liquid crystal alignment ability is different], the phase difference 溥 film is obtained in the ninth embodiment The phase difference film is disposed between the polarizing plates disposed under the y 下 Λ έ έ υ _ _ prism strips, so that the light is observed from the opposite direction of the observation side, Directional flat rod $ When the polarized light of the external line is placed in the mouth or vertically, it is irrelevant to the pattern of the Hitachi. Day. On the other hand, if the phase difference is thinned at the 45. The retardation film is independent of the pattern: 疋 has birefringence. Jade 4 is exempted, indicating that there is a partial aspect of the observation of polarized ultraviolet irradiation with 201235751. Regardless of the film, it is shown that the phase arrangement of liquid crystal containing Example 6 is included, and the case and darkening are the same as in the case of irradiation and irradiation. Whether it is dark or not. In the other 4 5 ° ', the phase difference is all brighter. In addition, the retardation film obtained by 9 or 10 is overlapped and confirmed by the angle. Example 1 Polarization of the line of the 〇: The polarization of the ultraviolet ray is obtained by the bipolar refracting of the phase difference illuminating polarized violet. The parallel or light direction film is arranged vertically in the film of the outer line and the side difference film which is observed under different light direction members, and the plane of the plane rotating polarization direction is parallel or straight as the phase of the above-mentioned embodiment According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a method for producing a liquid crystal alignment film having high productivity, a method for producing a retardation film excellent in liquid crystal alignment property and thermal stability, and the above-described productivity. In the method for producing a high liquid crystal alignment film, light alignment can be performed even when a small amount of radiation is irradiated, and a liquid crystal alignment film excellent in film hardness and adhesion can be efficiently produced under lower temperature and short-time heat treatment conditions. Further, the liquid crystal agent can also be applied to a roll-to-roll method which is excellent in mass productivity. Further, the liquid crystal alignment agent is also suitable for a liquid crystal alignment film in a region containing different directions of liquid crystal alignment, such as 3D image use. [Simple description of the diagram] None. [Main component symbol description] None. -84-
Claims (1)
Applications Claiming Priority (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2010214542A JP5789945B2 (en) | 2010-09-24 | 2010-09-24 | LIQUID CRYSTAL ALIGNING FILM AND METHOD FOR PRODUCING PHASE DIFFERENTIAL FILM, LIQUID CRYSTAL ALIGNING AGENT, LIQUID CRYSTAL ALIGNING FILM, AND RELATING FILM |
Publications (2)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
TW201235751A true TW201235751A (en) | 2012-09-01 |
TWI521282B TWI521282B (en) | 2016-02-11 |
Family
ID=45943978
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
TW100134254A TWI521282B (en) | 2010-09-24 | 2011-09-23 | A method for producing a liquid crystal orientation membrane and a phase difference film, and a liquid crystal orientation agent, the liquid crystal orientation membrane and the phase difference film |
Country Status (4)
Country | Link |
---|---|
JP (1) | JP5789945B2 (en) |
KR (1) | KR101796491B1 (en) |
CN (1) | CN102419497B (en) |
TW (1) | TWI521282B (en) |
Families Citing this family (18)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
TWI468815B (en) | 2012-06-07 | 2015-01-11 | Benq Materials Corp | Three-dimensional display and manufacturing method thereof |
JP6146100B2 (en) * | 2012-06-21 | 2017-06-14 | Jsr株式会社 | Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal aligning film, retardation film, liquid crystal display element and method for producing retardation film |
KR101985259B1 (en) * | 2012-08-10 | 2019-06-03 | 제이에스알 가부시끼가이샤 | Liquid crystal aligning agent and compound |
CN104755571B (en) * | 2012-10-24 | 2018-07-13 | 日产化学工业株式会社 | Cured film forms with composition, is orientated material and phase difference material |
JP5983936B2 (en) * | 2012-11-19 | 2016-09-06 | Jsr株式会社 | Liquid crystal alignment agent |
KR101999242B1 (en) * | 2012-11-20 | 2019-07-11 | 제이에스알 가부시끼가이샤 | Liquid crystal aligning agent, phase difference film and manufacturing method for the phase difference film |
JP6349726B2 (en) * | 2013-04-26 | 2018-07-04 | Jsr株式会社 | Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal aligning film, liquid crystal display element, retardation film, method for producing retardation film, polymer and compound |
CN103293585B (en) * | 2013-05-30 | 2015-11-25 | 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 | Polarizer, display device and polarizer method for making |
JP6164117B2 (en) * | 2013-06-18 | 2017-07-19 | Jsr株式会社 | Liquid crystal aligning agent, retardation film, and method for producing retardation film |
KR102116422B1 (en) | 2013-09-11 | 2020-06-01 | 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 | Liguid crystal display appratus and methon of manufactruing the same |
KR20160087468A (en) | 2015-01-13 | 2016-07-22 | 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 | Manufacturing method ofliquid crystal display |
KR102587587B1 (en) * | 2015-03-11 | 2023-10-11 | 닛산 가가쿠 가부시키가이샤 | Cured film forming composition, orientation material and phase difference material |
JP6658213B2 (en) * | 2015-06-30 | 2020-03-04 | Jsr株式会社 | Viewing angle compensation film, manufacturing method of viewing angle compensation film, polarizing plate, liquid crystal display device, and organic EL device |
EP3374467B1 (en) * | 2015-11-11 | 2020-04-15 | ROLIC Technologies AG | Compositions of photo-alignable materials |
JP6756141B2 (en) * | 2016-04-05 | 2020-09-16 | Jsr株式会社 | Liquid crystal alignment agent, polymer composition for forming a protective film, protective film and its manufacturing method, and liquid crystal element |
JP6770634B2 (en) * | 2017-03-22 | 2020-10-14 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Liquid crystal composition, optically anisotropic layer, optical laminate and image display device |
JP6789164B2 (en) * | 2017-03-29 | 2020-11-25 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Manufacturing method of retardation film |
WO2019193855A1 (en) * | 2018-04-05 | 2019-10-10 | Jsr株式会社 | Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal element, and production method for liquid crystal element |
Family Cites Families (11)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2974576B2 (en) * | 1994-05-25 | 1999-11-10 | リンテック株式会社 | Slippery hard coat film and method for producing the same |
KR0179115B1 (en) * | 1995-11-20 | 1999-05-01 | 구자홍 | The photoresist material for lcd orientation layer and its application lcd |
JP3461680B2 (en) * | 1997-03-13 | 2003-10-27 | シャープ株式会社 | Method for manufacturing optical element and image display device |
TWI337679B (en) * | 2003-02-04 | 2011-02-21 | Sipix Imaging Inc | Novel compositions and assembly process for liquid crystal display |
JP2007086399A (en) * | 2005-09-22 | 2007-04-05 | Dainippon Printing Co Ltd | Optical element |
JP4995693B2 (en) * | 2006-11-08 | 2012-08-08 | エルジー・ケム・リミテッド | Composition for aligning liquid crystal, liquid crystal alignment film produced thereby, and liquid crystal display including the same |
WO2008059876A1 (en) * | 2006-11-15 | 2008-05-22 | Dai Nippon Printing Co., Ltd. | Process for producing liquid crystal display element |
WO2009025386A1 (en) * | 2007-08-21 | 2009-02-26 | Jsr Corporation | Liquid crystal aligning agent, method for forming liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display device |
JP2009193014A (en) * | 2008-02-18 | 2009-08-27 | Fujifilm Corp | Patterning elliptical polarizer |
KR101216891B1 (en) * | 2008-03-31 | 2012-12-28 | 도판 인사츠 가부시키가이샤 | Retardation plate, method for manufacturing the retardation plate, and liquid crystal display device |
JP5119037B2 (en) * | 2008-04-25 | 2013-01-16 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Birefringence pattern authentication apparatus and article authentication system |
-
2010
- 2010-09-24 JP JP2010214542A patent/JP5789945B2/en active Active
-
2011
- 2011-09-15 KR KR1020110092936A patent/KR101796491B1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2011-09-23 TW TW100134254A patent/TWI521282B/en active
- 2011-09-23 CN CN201110291469.1A patent/CN102419497B/en active Active
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
TWI521282B (en) | 2016-02-11 |
JP5789945B2 (en) | 2015-10-07 |
CN102419497B (en) | 2016-01-20 |
JP2012068541A (en) | 2012-04-05 |
KR20120031440A (en) | 2012-04-03 |
KR101796491B1 (en) | 2017-11-10 |
CN102419497A (en) | 2012-04-18 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
TW201235751A (en) | A method for producing a liquid crystal orientation membrane and a phase difference film, and a liquid crystal orientation agent, the liquid crystal orientation membrane and the phase difference film | |
TWI518114B (en) | Liquid crystal alignment agent for phase difference film, and liquid crystal alignment film for phase difference film, and phase difference film and producing method thereof | |
TWI576640B (en) | Liquid crystal cell, liquid crystal display element, a method for producing liquid crystal cell and photoorientation agent | |
TW201211584A (en) | Light directivity control unit and method for preparing the same, 2D/3D exchangeable display module, and liquid crystal alignment agent | |
TWI574089B (en) | Method for manufacturing liquid crystal display device and liquid crystal display device | |
TWI521281B (en) | Method for producing cholesteric liquid crystal display, cholesteric liquid crystal display and liquid crystal alignment agent | |
TW200919041A (en) | Liquid crystal aligning agent, method for producing liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display device | |
WO2009025388A1 (en) | Liquid crystal aligning agent, method for producing liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display device | |
TWI596141B (en) | Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element and method for producing the same | |
TWI585159B (en) | Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display device, fabricating method of liquid crystal display device and polyorganosiloxane | |
TW201207512A (en) | Method for producing liquid crystal display element, polymer composition and liquid crystal display element | |
TW201416777A (en) | Liquid crystal alignment agent and liquid crystal alignment film for PSA-mode liquid crystal display device, liquid crystal display device and method for manufacturing the same | |
TW201035037A (en) | Liquid crystal alignment agent, method for forming liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display element and the preparation method thereof | |
JP2016029465A (en) | Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display device, phase difference film, and manufacturing method of phase difference film | |
JP2017061680A (en) | Thermosetting composition | |
TW201224005A (en) | Liquid crystal alignment agent and liquid crystal display device | |
TWI815876B (en) | Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal element and manufacturing method of liquid crystal element | |
TW201247744A (en) | Liquid crystal orientation agent, liquid crystal orientation film and liquid crystal display device | |
JP6756141B2 (en) | Liquid crystal alignment agent, polymer composition for forming a protective film, protective film and its manufacturing method, and liquid crystal element | |
JPWO2019097902A1 (en) | Liquid crystal element manufacturing method | |
CN112400135B (en) | Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal element, and method for manufacturing liquid crystal element | |
JP2015180916A (en) | Liquid crystal display device manufacturing method |